Children's Health Act of 2000
PL 106-310 (H.R.4365), enacted 10/17/2000

PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1101 
Public Law 106-310 
106th Congress 
An Act 
Oct. 17, 2000 
To amend the Public Health Service Act with respect to children's health. 
[H.R. 4365] 
Bb it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of 
the United States of America in Congress assembled, 
Children's Health 
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. 
42\jScTl note. 
This Act may be cited as the "Children's Health Act of 2000". 
SEC. 2. TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
The table of contents for this Act is as follows: 
Sec. 1. Short title. 
Sec. 2. Table of contents. 
DIVISION A—CHILDREN'S HEALTH 
TITLE I—AUTISM 
Sec. 101. Expansion, intensification, and coordination of activities of National Insti-
tutes of Health with respect to research on autism. 
Sec. 102. Developmental disabilities surveillance and research programs. 
Sec. 103. Information and education. 
Sec. 104. Inter-agency Autism Coordinating Committee. 
Sec. 105. Report to Congress. 
TITLE II—RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT REGARDING FRAGILE X 
Sec. 201. National Institute of Child Health and Human Development; research on 
fragile X. 
TITLE III—JUVENILE ARTHRITIS AND RELATED CONDITIONS 
Sec. 301. National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases; 
research on juvenile arthritis and related conditions. 
Sec. 302. Information clearinghouse. 
TITLE IV—REDUCING BURDEN OF DIABETES AMONG CHILDREN AND 
YOUTH 
Sec. 401. Programs of Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 
Sec. 402. Programs of National Institutes of Health. 
TITLE V—ASTHMA SERVICES FOR CHILDREN 
Subtitle A—^Asthma Services 
Sec. 501. Grants for children's asthma relief 
Sec. 502. Technical and conforming amendments. 
Subtitle B—Prevention Activities 
Sec. 511. Preventive health and health services block grant; systems for reducing 
asthma-related illnesses through integrated pest management. 
Subtitle C—Coordination of Federal Activities 
Sec. 521. Coordination through National Institutes of Health. 
Subtitle D—Compilation of Data 
Sec. 531. Compilation of data by Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 
114 STAT. 1102 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
TITLE VI—BIRTH DEFECTS PREVENTION ACTIVITIES 
Subtitle A—^Folic Acid Promotion 
Sec. 601. Program regarding effects of folic acid in prevention of birth defects. 
Subtitle B—National Center on Birth Defects and Developmental Disabilities 
Sec. 611. National Center on Birth Defects and Developmental Disabilities. 
TITLE VII—EARLY DETECTION, DIAGNOSIS, AND TREATMENT REGARDING 
HEARING LOSS IN INFANTS 
Sec. 701. Purposes. 
Sec. 702. Programs of Health Resources and Services Administration, Centers for 
Disease Control and Prevention, and National Institutes of Health. 
TITLE VIII—CHILDREN AND EPILEPSY 
Sec. 801. National public health campaign on epilepsy, seizure disorder demonstra-
tion projects in medically underserved areas. 
TITLE IX—SAFE MOTHERHOOD; INFANT HEALTH PROMOTION 
Subtitle A—Safe Motherhood Prevention Research 
Sec. 901. Prevention research and other activities. 
Subtitle B—Pregnant Women and Infants Health Promotion 
Sec. 911. Programs regarding prenatal and postnatal health. 
TITLE X—PEDIATRIC RESEARCH INITIATIVE 
Sec. 1001. Establishment of pediatric research initiative. 
Sec. 1002. Investment in tomorrow's pediatric researchers. 
Sec. 1003. Review of regulations. 
Sec. 1004. Long-term child development study. 
TITLE XI—CHILDHOOD MALIGNANCIES 
Sec. 1101. Programs of Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and National In-
stitutes of Health. 
TITLE XII—ADOPTION AWARENESS 
Subtitle A—Infant Adoption Awareness 
Sec. 1201. Grants regarding infant adoption awareness. 
Subtitle B—Special Needs Adoption Awareness 
Sec. 1211. Special needs adoption programs; public awareness campaign and other 
activities. 
TITLE XIII—TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY 
Sec. 1301. Programs of Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 
Sec. 1302. Study and monitor incidence and prevalence. 
Sec. 1303. Programs of National Institutes of Health. 
Sec. 1304. Programs of Health Resources and Services Administration. 
Sec. 1305. State grants for protection and advocacy services. 
Sec. 1306. Authorization of appropriations for certain programs. 
TITLE XIV—CHILD CARE SAFETY AND HEALTH GRANTS 
Sec. 1401. Definitions. 
Sec. 1402. Authorization of appropriations. 
Sec. 1403. Programs. 
Sec. 1404. Amounts reserved; allotments. 
Sec. 1405. State applications. 
Sec. 1406. Use of funds. 
Sec. 1407. Reports. 
TITLE XV—HEALTHY START INITIATIVE • 
Sec. 1501. Continuation of healthy start program. 
TITLE XVI—ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION 
Sec. 1601. Identification of interventions that reduce the burden and transmission of 
oral, dental, and craniofacial diseases in high risk populations; develop-
ment of approaches for pediatric oral and craniofacial assessment. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1103 
Sec. 1602. Oral health promotion and disease prevention. 
Sec. 1603. Coordinated program to improve pediatric oral health. 
TITLE XVII—VACCINE-RELATED PROGRAMS 
Subtitle A—^Vaccine Compensation Program 
Sec. 1701. Content of petitions. 
Subtitle B—Childhood Immunizations 
Sec. 1711. Childhood immunizations. 
TITLE XVIII—HEPATITIS C 
Sec. 1801. Surveillance and education regarding hepatitis C. 
TITLE XIX—NIH INITIATIVE ON AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES 
Sec. 1901. Autoimmune diseases; initiative through Director of National Institutes of 
Health. 
TITLE XX—GRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS IN CHILDREN'S 
HOSPITALS 
Sec. 2001. Provisions to revise and extend program. 
TITLE XXI—SPECIAL NEEDS OF CHILDREN REGARDING ORGAN 
TRANSPLANTATION 
Sec. 2101. Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network; amendments regarding 
needs of children. 
TITLE XXII—MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY RESEARCH 
Sec. 2201. Muscular dystrophy research. 
TITLE XXIII—CHILDREN AND TOURETTE SYNDROME AWARENESS 
Sec. 2301. Grants regarding Tourette Syndrome. 
TITLE XXIV—CHILDHOOD OBESITY PREVENTION 
Sec. 2401. Programs operated 
through the Centers 
for Disease Control 
and 
Prevention. 
TITLE XXV—EARLY DETECTION AND TREATMENT REGARDING 
CHILDHOOD LEAD POISONING 
Sec. 2501. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention efforts to combat childhood 
lead poisoning. 
Sec. 2502. Grants for lead poisoning related activities. 
Sec. 2503. Training 
and 
reports 
by 
the 
Health 
Resoiu"ces 
and 
Services 
Administration. 
Sec. 2504. Screenings, referrals, and education regarding lead poisoning. 
TITLE XXVI—SCREENING FOR HERITABLE DISORDERS 
Sec. 2601. Program to improve the ability of States to provide newborn and child 
screening for heritable disorders. 
TITLE XXVII—PEDIATRIC RESEARCH PROTECTIONS 
Sec. 2701. Requirement for additional protections for children involved in research. 
TITLE XXVIII—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
Sec. 2801. Report regarding research on rare diseases in children. 
Sec. 2802. Study on metabolic disorders. 
TITLE XXIX—EFFECTIVE DATE 
Sec. 2901. Effective date. 
DIVISIGN B—YOUTH DRUG AND MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES 
Sec. 3001. Short title. 
TITLE XXXI—PROVISIONS RELATING TO SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND 
ADOLESCENTS 
Sec. 3101. Children and violence. 
Sec. 3102. Emergency response. 
114 STAT. 1104 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Sec. 3103. High risk youth reauthorization. 
Sec. 3104. Substance abuse treatment services for children and adolescents. 
Sec. 3105. Comprehensive community services for children with serious emotional 
disturbance. 
Sec. 3106. Services for children of substance abusers. 
Sec. 3107. Services for youth offenders. 
Sec. 3108. Grants for strengthening families through community partnerships. 
Sec. 3109. Programs to reduce underage drinking. 
Sec. 3110. Services for individuals with fetal alcohol syndrome. 
Sec.3111. Suicide prevention. 
Sec. 3112. General provisions. 
TITLE XXXII—PROVISIONS RELATING TO MENTAL HEALTH 
Sec. 3201. Priority mental health needs of regional and national significance. 
Sec. 3202. Grants for the benefit of homeless individuals. 
Sec. 3203. Projects for assistance in transition from homelessness. 
Sec. 3204. Community mental health services performance partnership block grant. 
Sec. 3205. Determination of allotment. 
Sec. 3206. Protection and Advocacy for Mentally 111 Individuals Act of 1986. 
Sec. 3207. Requirement relating to the rights of residents of certain facilities. 
Sec. 3208. Requirement relating to the rights of residents of certain non-medical, 
community-based facilities for children and youth. 
Sec. 3209. Emergency mental health centers. 
Sec. 3210. Grants for jail diversion programs. 
Sec. 3211. Improving outcomes for children and adolescents through services integra-
tion between child welfare and mental health services. 
Sec. 3212. Grants for the integrated treatment of serious mental illness and 
co-occurring substance abuse. 
Sec. 3213. Training grants. 
TITLE XXXIII—PROVISIONS RELATING TO SUBSTANCE ABUSE 
Sec. 3301. Priority substance abuse treatment needs of regional and national 
significance. 
Sec. 3302. Priority substance abuse prevention needs of regional and national 
significance. 
Sec. 3303. Substance abuse prevention and treatment performance partnership block 
grant. 
Sec. 3304. Determination of allotments. 
Sec. 3305. Nondiscrimination and institutional safeguards for religious providers. 
Sec. 3306. Alcohol and drug prevention or treatment services for Indians and 
Native Alaskans. 
Sec. 3307. Establishment of commission. 
TITLE XXXIV—PROVISIONS RELATING TO FLEXIBILITY AND 
ACCOUNTABILITY 
Sec. 3401. General authorities and peer review. 
Sec. 3402. Advisory councils. 
Sec. 3403. General provisions for the performance partnership block grants. 
Sec. 3404. Data infrastructure projects. 
Sec. 3405. Repeal of obsolete addict referral provisions. 
Sec. 3406. Individuals with co-occurring disorders. 
Sec. 3407. Services for individuals with co-occurring disorders. 
TITLE XXXV—WAIVER AUTHORITY FOR PHYSICIANS WHO DISPENSE OR 
PRESCRIBE 
CERTAIN 
NARCOTIC 
DRUGS 
FOR 
MAINTENANCE 
TREATMENT OR DETOXIFICATION TREATMENT 
Sec. 350 L Short title. 
Sec. 3502. Amendment to Controlled Substances Act. 
TITLE XXXVI—METHAMPHETAMINE AND OTHER CONTROLLED 
SUBSTANCES 
Sec. 3601. Short title. 
Subtitle A—Methamphetamine Production, Trafficking, and Abuse 
PART I—CRIMINAL PENALTIES 
Sec. 3611. Enhanced punishment of amphetamine laboratory operators. 
Sec. 3612. Enhanced punishment of amphetamine or methamphetamine laboratory 
operators. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1105 
Sec. 3613. Mandatory restitution for violations of Controlled Substances Act and Con-
trolled Substances Import and Export Act relating to amphetamine and 
methamphetamine. 
Sec. 3614. Methamphetamine paraphernalia. 
PART II—ENHANCED LAW ENFORCEMENT 
Sec. 3621. Environmental 
hazards 
associated 
with 
illegal 
manufacture 
of 
amphetamine and methamphetamine. 
Sec. 3622. Reduction in retail sales transaction threshold for non-safe harbor 
products containing pseudoephedrine or phenylpropanolamine. 
Sec. 3623. Training for Drug Enforcement Administration and State and local law 
enforcement personnel relating to clandestine laboratories. 
Sec. 3624. Combating methamphetamine and amphetamine in high intensity drug 
trafficking areas. 
Sec. 3625. Combating amphetamine and methamphetamine manufacturing and traf-
ficking. 
PART III—ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT 
Sec. 3631. Expansion of methamphetamine research. 
Sec. 3632. Methamphetamine and amphetamine treatment initiative by Center for 
Substance Abuse Treatment. 
Sec. 3633. Study of methamphetamine treatment. 
PART IV—REPORTS 
Sec. 3641. Reports on consumption of methamphetamine and other illicit drugs in 
rural areas, metropolitan areas, and consolidated metropolitan areas. 
Sec. 3642. Report on diversion of ordinary, over-the-counter pseudoephedrine and 
phenylpropanolamine products. 
Subtitle B—Controlled Substances Generally 
Sec. 3651. Enhanced punishment for trafficking in list I chemicals. 
Sec. 3652. Mail order requirements. 
Sec. 3653. Theft and transportation of anhydrous ammonia for purposes of illicit pro-
duction of controlled substances. 
Subtitle C—Ecstasy Anti-ProUferation Act of 2000 
Sec. 3661. Short title. 
Sec. 3662. Findings. 
Sec. 3663. Enhanced punishment of Ecstasy traffickers. 
Sec. 3664. Emergency authority to United States Sentencing Commission. 
Sec. 3665. Expansion of Ecstasy and club drugs abuse prevention efforts. 
Subtitle D—Miscellaneous 
Sec. 3671. Antidrug messages on Federal Government Internet websites. 
Sec. 3672. Reimbursement 
by Drug 
Enforcement 
Administration 
of 
expenses 
incurred to remediate methamphetamine laboratories. 
Sec. 3673. Severability. 
DIVISION A—CHILDREN'S HEALTH 
TITLE I—AUTISM 
SEC. 101. EXPANSION, INTENSIFICATION, AND COORDINATION OF 
ACTIVITIES OF NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH WITH 
RESPECT TO RESEARCH ON AUTISM. 
Part B of title IV of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
284 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following section: 
"EXPANSION, INTENSIFICATION, AND COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES OF 
NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH WITH RESPECT TO RESEARCH ON 
AUTISM 
"SEC. 409C. (a) IN GENERAL.— 
42 use 284g. 
"(1) EXPANSION OF ACTIVITIES.—^The Director of NIH (in 
this section referred to as the 'Director') shall expand, intensify, 
114 STAT. 1106 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
and coordinate the activities of the National Institutes of Health 
with respect to research on autism. 
"(2) ADMINISTRATION OF PROGRAM; COLLABORATION AMONG 
AGENCIES.—The Director shall carry out this section acting 
through the Director of the National Institute of Mental Health 
and in collaboration with any other agencies that the Director 
determines appropriate. 
"(b) CENTERS OF EXCELLENCE.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Director shall under subsection 
(a)(1) make awards of grants and contracts to public or non-
profit private entities to pay all or part of the cost of planning, 
establishing, improving, and providing basic operating support 
for centers of excellence regarding research on autism. 
"(2) RESEARCH.—Each center under paragraph (1) shall 
conduct basic and clinical research into autism. Such research 
should include investigations into the cause, diagnosis, early 
detection, prevention, control, and treatment of autism. The 
centers, as a group, shall conduct research including the fields 
of 
developmental 
neurobiology, 
genetics, 
and 
psychopharmacology. 
"(3) SERVICES FOR PATIENTS.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—^A center under paragraph (1) may 
expend amounts provided under such paragraph to carry 
out a program to make individuals aware of opportunities 
to participate as subjects in research conducted by the 
centers. 
"(B) 
REFERRALS 
AND 
COSTS.—A 
program 
under 
subparagraph (A) may, in accordance with such criteria 
as the Director may establish, provide to the subjects 
described in such subparagraph, referrals for health and 
other services, and such patient care costs as are required 
for research. 
"(C) AVAILABILITY AND ACCESS.—The extent to which 
a center can demonstrate availability and access to clinical 
services shall be considered by the Director in decisions 
about awarding grants to applicants which meet the sci-
entific criteria for funding under this section. 
"(4) 
COORDINATION OF CENTERS; REPORTS.—^The Director 
shall, as appropriate, provide for the coordination of information 
among centers under paragraph (1) and ensure regular commu-
nication between such centers, and may require the periodic 
preparation of reports on the activities of the centers and 
the submission of the reports to the Director. 
"(5) ORGANIZATION OF CENTERS.—Each center under para-
graph (1) shall use the facilities of a single institution, or 
be formed from a consortium of cooperating institutions, 
meeting such requirements as may be prescribed by the 
Director. 
"(6) NUMBER OF CENTERS; DURATION OF SUPPORT.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—^The Director shall provide for the 
establishment of not less than five centers under paragraph 
(1). 
"(B) DURATION.—Support for a center established 
under paragraph (1) may be provided under this section 
for a period of not to exceed 5 years. Such period may 
be extended for one or more additional periods not 
exceeding 5 years if the operations of such center have 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1107 
been reviewed by an appropriate technical and scientific 
peer review group established by the Director and if such 
group has recommended to the Director that such period 
should be extended. 
"(c) FACILITATION OF RESEARCH.—^The Director shall under sub-
section (a)( 1) provide for a program under which samples of tissues 
and genetic materials that are of use in research on autism are 
donated, collected, preserved, and made available for such research. 
The program shall be carried out in accordance with accepted 
scientific and medical standards for the donation, collection, and 
preservation of such samples. 
"(d) PUBLIC INPUT.—^The Director shall under subsection (a)(1) 
provide for means through which the public can obtain information 
on the existing and planned programs and activities of the National 
Institutes of Health with respect to autism and through which 
the Director can receive comments from the public regarding such 
programs and activities. 
"(e) FUNDING.—^There are authorized to be appropriated such 
sums as may be necessary to carry out this section. Amounts 
appropriated under this subsection are in addition to any other 
amounts appropriated for such purpose.". 
Appropriation 
authorization. 
SEC. 
102. 
DEVELOPMENTAL 
DISABILITIES 
SURVEILLANCE 
AND 
42 USC 247b-4b. 
RESEARCH PROGRAMS. 
(a) NATIONAL AUTISM AND PERVASIVE DEVELOPMENTAL DISABIL-
ITIES SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary of Health and Human 
Services (in this section referred to as the "Secretary"), acting 
through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and 
Prevention, may make awards of grants and cooperative agree-
ments for the collection, analysis, and reporting of data on 
autism and pervasive developmental disabilities. In making 
such awards, the Secretary may provide direct technical assist-
ance in lieu of cash. 
(2) ELIGIBILITY.—^To be eligible to receive an award under 
paragraph (1) an entity shall be a public or nonprofit private 
entity (including health departments of States and political 
subdivisions of States, and including universities and other 
educational entities). 
(b) 
CENTERS 
OF EXCELLENCE 
IN AUTISM 
AND PERVASIVE 
DEVELOPMENTAL DISABILITIES EPIDEMIOLOGY.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through 
the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 
shall establish not less than three regional centers of excellence 
in autism and pervasive developmental disabilities epidemi-
ology for the purpose of collecting and analyzing information 
on the number, incidence, correlates, and causes of autism 
and related developmental disabilities. 
(2) RECIPIENTS OF AWARDS FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF CEN-
TERS.—Centers under paragraph (1) shall be established and 
operated through the awarding of grants or cooperative agree-
ments to public or nonprofit private entities that conduct 
research, including health departments of States and political 
subdivisions of States, and including universities and other 
educational entities. 
(3) CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS.—^An award for a center under 
paragraph (1) may be made only if the entity involved submits 
7&-194 O-00-8:QL3Part2 
114 STAT. 1108 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
to the Secretary an application containing such agreements 
and information as the Secretary may require, including an 
agreement that the center involved will operate in accordance 
with the following: 
(A) The center will collect, analyze, and report autism 
and pervasive developmental disabilities data according 
to guidelines prescribed by the Director, after consultation 
with relevant State and local public health officials, private 
sector developmental disability researchers, and advocates 
for those with developmental disabilities. 
(B) The center will assist with the development and 
coordination of State autism and pervasive developmental 
disabilities surveillance efforts within a region. 
(C) The center will identify eligible cases and controls 
through its surveillance systems and conduct research into 
factors which may cause autism and related developmental 
disabilities. 
(D) The center will develop or extend an area of special 
research expertise (including genetics, environmental expo-
sure to contaminants, immunology, and other relevant 
research specialty areas). 
(c) 
CLEARINGHOUSE.—^The 
Secretary, 
acting 
through 
the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall 
carry out the following: 
^ 
(1) The Secretary shall establish a clearinghouse within 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for the collec-
tion and storage of data generated from the monitoring pro-
grams established by this title. Through the clearinghouse, 
such Centers shall serve as the coordinating agency for autism 
and pervasive developmental disabilities surveillance activities. 
The functions of such a clearinghouse shall include facilitating 
the coordination of research and policy development relating 
to the epidemiology of autism and other pervasive develop-
mental disabilities. 
(2) The Secretary shall coordinate the Federal response 
to requests for assistance from State health department officials 
regarding potential or alleged autism or developmental dis-
ability clusters. 
(d) DEFINITION.—In this title, the term "State" means each 
of the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth 
of Puerto Rico, American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of 
the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, and the Trust 
Territory of the Pacific Islands. 
(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out 
this section. 
42 u s e 247b--lc. 
SEC. 103, INFORMATION AND EDUCATION. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall establish and implement 
a program to provide information and education on autism to health 
professionals and the general public, including information and 
education on advances in the diagnosis and treatment of autism 
and training and continuing education through programs for sci-
entists, physicians, and other health professionals who provide care 
for patients with autism. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1109 
(b) STIPENDS.—^The Secretary may use amounts made available 
under this section to provide stipends for health professionals who 
are enrolled in training programs under this section. 
(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out 
this section. 
SEC. 104. INTER-AGENCY AUTISM COORDINATING COMMITTEE. 
42 USC 247b-4d. 
(a) ESTABLISHMENT.—^The Secretary shall establish a committee 
to be known as the "Autism Coordinating Committee" (in this 
section referred to as the "Committee") to coordinate all efforts 
within the Department of Health and Human Services concerning 
autism, including activities carried out through the National 
Institutes of Health and the Centers for Disease Control and 
Prevention under this title (and the amendment made by this 
title). 
(b) MEMBERSHIP.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Committee shall be composed of the 
Directors of such national research institutes, of the Centers 
for Disease Control and Prevention, and of such other agencies 
and such other officials as the Secretary determines appro-
priate. 
(2) ADDITIONAL MEMBERS.—If determined appropriate by 
the Secretary, the Secretary may appoint to the Committee— 
(A) parents or legal guardians of individuals with 
autism or other pervasive developmental disorders; and 
(B) representatives of other governmental agencies that 
serve children with autism such as the Department of 
Education. 
(c) ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT; TERMS OF SERVICE; OTHER PROVI-
SIONS.—The following shall apply with respect to the Committee: 
(1) The Committee shall receive necessary and appropriate 
administrative support from the Department of Health and 
Human Services. 
(2) Members of the Committee appointed under subsection 
(b)(2)(A) shall serve for a term of 3 years, and may serve 
for an unlimited number of terms if reappointed. 
(3) The Committee shall meet not less than two times 
each year. 
SEC. 105. REPORT TO CONGRESS. 
42 USC 247b-4e. 
Not later than January 1, 2001, and each January 1 thereafter. Deadline, 
the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate commit-
tees of Congress, a report concerning the implementation of this 
title and the amendments made by this title. 
TITLE II—RESEARCH AND 
DEVELOPMENT REGARDING FRAGILE X 
SEC. 
201. N A T I O N A L INSTITUTE OF CHILD HEALTH AND HUMAN 
DEVELOPMENT; RESEARCH ON FRAGILE X. 
Subpart 7 of part C of title IV of the Public Health Service 
Act is amended by adding at the end the following section: 
114 STAT. 1110 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"FRAGILE X 
42USC285g-9. 
"SEC. 452E. (a) EXPANSION AND COORDINATION OF RESEARCH 
ACTIVITIES.—^The Director of the Institute, after consultation with 
the advisory council for the Institute, shall expand, intensify, and 
coordinate the activities of the Institute with respect to research 
on the disease known as fragile X. 
"(b) RESEARCH CENTERS.— 
Grants. 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Director of the Institute shall make 
Contracts. 
grants or enter into contracts for the development and operation 
of centers to conduct research for the purposes of improving 
the diagnosis and treatment of, and finding the cure for, fragile 
X. 
"(2) NUMBER OF CENTERS.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—In carrying out paragraph (1), the 
Director of the Institute shall, to the extent that amounts 
are appropriated, and subject to subparagraph (B), provide 
for the establishment of at least three fragile X research 
centers. 
"(B) PEER REVIEW REQUIREMENT.—^The Director of the 
Institute shall make a grant to, or enter into a contract 
with, an entity for purposes of establishing a center under 
paragraph (1) only if the grant or contract has been rec-
ommended after technical and scientific peer review 
required by regulations under section 492. 
"(3) ACTIVITIES.—^The Director of the Institute, with the 
assistance of centers established under paragraph (1), shall 
conduct and support basic and biomedical research into the 
detection and treatment of fragile X. 
"(4) COORDINATION AMONG CENTERS.—^The Director of the 
Institute shall, as appropriate, provide for the coordination 
of the activities of the centers assisted under this section, 
including providing for the exchange of information among 
the centers. 
"(5) CERTAIN ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS.—^Each center 
assisted under paragraph (1) shall use the facilities of a single 
institution, or be formed from a consortium of cooperating 
institutions, meeting such requirements as may be prescribed 
by the Director of the Institute. 
"(6) DURATION OF SUPPORT.—Support may be provided to 
a center under paragraph (1) for a period not exceeding 5 
years. Such period may be extended for one or more additional 
periods, each of which may not exceed 5 years, if the operations 
of such center have been reviewed by an appropriate technical 
and scientific peer review group established by the Director 
and if such group has recommended to the Director that such 
period be extended. 
"(7) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^For the purpose 
of carrying out this subsection, there are authorized to be 
appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
fiscal years 2001 through 2005.". 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1111 
TITLE III^JUVENILE ARTHRITIS AND 
RELATED CONDITIONS 
SEC. 301. NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF ARTHRITIS AND MUSCULO-
SKELETAL AND SKIN DISEASES; RESEARCH ON JUVENILE 
ARTHRITIS AND RELATED CONDITIONS. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Subpart 4 of part C of title IV of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285d et seq.) is amended by inserting 
after section 442 the following section: 
"JUVENILE ARTHRITIS AND RELATED CONDITIONS 
"SEC. 442A. (a) EXPANSION AND COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES.— 
42 use 285d-8. 
The Director of the Institute, in coordination with the Director 
of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, shall 
expand and intensify the programs of such Institutes with respect 
to research and related activities concerning juvenile arthritis and 
related conditions. 
"(b) COORDINATION.—^The Directors referred to in subsection 
(a) shall jointly coordinate the programs referred to in such sub-
section and consult with the Arthritis and Musculoskeletal Diseases 
Interagency Coordinating Committee. 
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
(b) PEDIATRIC RHEUMATOLOGY.—Subpart 1 of part E of title 
VII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 294n et seq.) 
is amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 763. PEDIATRIC RHEUMATOLOGY. 
42 USC 294p. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through the appro-
priate agencies, shall evaluate whether the number of pediatric 
rheumatologists is sufficient to address the health care needs of 
children with arthritis and related conditions, and if the Secretary 
determines that the number is not sufficient, shall develop strate-
gies to help address the shortfall. 
"(b) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—^Not later than October 1, 2001, Deadline, 
the Secretary shall submit to the Congress a report describing 
the results of the evaluation under subsection (a), and as applicable, 
the strategies developed under such subsection. 
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
SEC. 302. INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE. 
Section 438(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
285d-3(b)) is amended by inserting ", including juvenile arthritis 
and related conditions," after "diseases". 
/ 
^ 
114 STAT. 1112 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
TITLE IV—REDUCING BURDEN OF DIA-
BETES AMONG CHILDREN AND YOUTH 
SEC. 401. PROGRAMS OF CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND 
PREVENTION. 
Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
243 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 317G the following 
section: 
"DIABETES IN CHILDREN AND YOUTH 
42USC247b-9. 
"SEC. 317H. (a) SURVEILLANCE ON JUVENILE DIABETES.—The 
Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease 
Control and Prevention, shall develop a sentinel system to collect 
data on juvenile diabetes, including with respect to incidence and 
prevalence, and shall establish a national database for such data. 
"(b) TYPE 2 DIABETES IN YOUTH.—^The Secretary shall imple-
ment a national public health effort to address type 2 diabetes 
in youth, including— 
"(1) 
enhancing 
surveillance 
systems 
and 
expanding 
research to better assess the prevalence and incidence of type 
2 diabetes in youth and determine the extent to which type 
2 diabetes is incorrectly diagnosed as type 1 diabetes among 
children; and 
"(2) developing and improving laboratory methods to assist 
in diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of diabetes including, 
but not limited to, developing noninvasive ways to monitor 
blood glucose to prevent hypoglycemia and improving existing 
glucometers that measure blood glucose. 
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
SEC. 402. PROGRAMS OF NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH. 
Subpart 3 of part C of title IV of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 285c et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 
434 the following section: 
"JUVENILE DIABETES 
42USC285C-9. 
"SEC. 434A. (a) LONG-TERM 
EPIDEMIOLOGY STUDIES.—^The 
Director of the Institute shall conduct or support long-term epidemi-
ology studies in which individuals with or at risk for type 1, or 
juvenile, diabetes are followed for 10 years or more. Such studies 
shall investigate the causes and characteristics of the disease and 
its complications. 
"(b) CLINICAI. TRIAL INFRASTRUCTURE/INNOVATIVE TREATMENTS 
FOR 
JUVENILE 
DIABETES.—The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall support regional 
clinical research centers for the prevention, detection, treatment, 
and cure of juvenile diabetes. 
"(c) PREVENTION OF TYPE 1 DIABETES.—The Secretary, acting 
through the appropriate agencies, shall provide for a national effort 
to prevent type 1 diabetes. Such effort shall provide for a combina-
tion of increased efforts in research and development of prevention 
strategies, including consideration of vaccine development, coupled 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1113 
with appropriate ability to test the effectiveness of such strategies 
in large clinical trials of children and young adults. 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
TITLE V—ASTHMA SERVICES FOR 
CHILDREN 
Subtitle A—^Asthma Services 
SEC. 501. GRANTS FOR CHILDREN'S ASTHMA RELIEF. 
Title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 241 et 
seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following part: 
"PART P—ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS 
"SEC. 399L. CHILDREN'S ASTHMA TREATMENT GRANTS PROGRAM. 
42 USC 280g. 
"(a) AUTHORITY TO MAKE GRANTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—In addition to any other pa5mients made 
under this Act or title V of the Social Security Act, the Secretary 
shall award grants to eligible entities to carry out the following 
purposes: 
"(A) To provide access to quality medical care for chil-
dren who live in areas that have a high prevalence of 
asthma and who lack access to medical care. 
"(B) To provide on-site education to parents, children, 
health care providers, and medical teams to recognize the 
signs and symptoms of asthma, and to train them in the 
use of medications to treat asthma and prevent its exacer-
bations. 
"(C) To decrease preventable trips to the emergency 
room by making medication available to individuals who 
have not previously had access to treatment or education 
in the management of asthma. 
"(D) To provide other services, such as smoking ces-
sation programs, home modification, and other direct and 
support services that ameliorate conditions that exacerbate 
or induce asthma. 
"(2) CERTAIN PROJECTS.—In making grants under para-
graph (1), the Secretary may make grants designed to develop 
and expand the following projects: 
"(A) Projects to provide comprehensive asthma services 
to children in accordance with the guidelines of the 
National Asthma Education and Prevention 
Program 
(through the National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute), 
including access to care and treatment for asthma in a 
community-based setting. 
"(B) Projects to fully equip mobile health care clinics 
that provide preventive asthma care including diagnosis, 
physical 
examinations, 
pharmacological 
therapy, 
skin 
testing, peak flow meter testing, and other asthma-related 
health care services. 
114 STAT. 1114 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(C) Projects to conduct validated asthma management 
education programs for patients with asthma and their 
famihes, including patient education regarding asthma 
management, family education on asthma management, 
and the distribution of materials, including displays and 
videos, to reinforce concepts presented by medical teams. 
"(2) AWARD OF GRANTS.— 
"(A) APPLICATION.— 
"(i' IN GENERAL.—^An eligible entity shall submit 
an application to the Secretary for a grant under this 
section in such form and manner as the Secretary 
may require. 
"(ii) REQUIRED INFORMATION.—^An application sub-
mitted under this subparagraph shall include a plan 
for the use of funds awarded under the grant and 
such other information as the Secretary may require. 
"(B) REQUIREMENT.—In awarding grants under this 
section, the Secretary shall give preference to eligible enti-
ties that demonstrate that the activities to be carried out 
under this section shall be in localities within areas of 
known or suspected high prevalence of childhood asthma 
or high asthma-related mortality or high rate of hospitaliza-
tion or emergency room visits for asthma (relative to the 
average asthma prevalence rates and associated mortality 
rates in the United States). Acceptable data sets to dem-
onstrate a high prevalence of childhood asthma or high 
asthma-related mortality may include data from Federal, 
State, or local vital statistics, claims data under title XIX 
or XXI of the Social Security Act, other public health statis-
tics or surveys, or other data that the Secretary, in con-
sultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Con-
trol and Prevention, deems appropriate. 
"(3) DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—For purposes of this 
section, the term 'eligible entity' means a public or nonprofit 
private entity (including a State or political subdivision of a 
State), or a consortium of any of such entities. 
"(b) COORDINATION WITH OTHER CHILDREN'S PROGRAMS.—^An 
eligible entity shall identify in the plan submitted as part of an 
application for a grant under this section how the entity will coordi-
nate operations and activities under the grant with— 
"(1) other programs operated in the State that serve chil-
dren with asthma, including any such programs operated under 
title V, XIX, or XXI of the Social Security Act; and 
"(2) one or more of the following— 
"(A) the child welfare and foster care and adoption 
assistance programs under parts B and E of title IV of 
such Act; 
"(B) the head start program established under the 
Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.); 
"(C) the program of assistance under the special supple-
mental nutrition program for women, infants and children 
(WIC) under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 
(42 U.S.C. 1786); 
"(D) local public and private elementary or secondary 
schools; or 
"(E) public housing agencies, as defined in section 3 
of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437a). 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1115 
"(c) EVALUATION.—^An eligible entity that receives a grant under 
this section shall submit to the Secretary an evaluation of the 
operations and activities carried out under the grant that includes— 
"(1) a description of the health status outcomes of children 
assisted under the grant; 
"(2) an assessment of the utilization of asthma-related 
health care services as a result of activities carried out under 
the grant; 
"(3) the collection, analysis, and reporting of asthma data 
according to guidelines prescribed by the Director of the Centers 
for Disease Control and Prevention; and 
"(4) such other information as the Secretary may require. 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
SEC. 502. TECHNICAL AND CONFORMING AMENDMENTS. 
Title III of the Pubhc Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 241 et 
seq.) is amended— 
(1) in part L, by redesignating section 399D as section 
399A; 
(2) in part M— 
(A) by redesignating sections 399H through 399L as 
sections 399B through 399F, respectively; 
(B) in section 399B (as so redesignated), in subsection 
( e ) -
(i) by striking "section 399K(b)" and inserting "sub-
section (b) of section 399E"; and 
(ii) by striking "section 399C" and inserting "such 
section"; 
(C) in section 399E (as so redesignated), in subsection 
(c), by striking "section 399H(a)" and inserting "section 
399B(a)"; and 
(D) in section 399F (as so redesignated)— 
(i) in subsection (a), by striking "section 3991" and 
inserting "section 399C"; 
(ii) in subsection (a), by striking "subsection 399J" 
and inserting "section 399D"; and 
(iii) in subsection (b), by striking "subsection 399K" 
and inserting "section 399E"; 
(3) in part N, by redesignating section 399F as section 
399G; and 
(4) in part O— 
(A) by redesignating sections 399G through 399J as 
sections 399H through 399K, respectively; 
(B) in section 399H (as so redesignated), in subsection 
(b), by striking "section 399H" and inserting "section 3991"; 
(C) in section 399J (as so redesignated), in subsection 
(b), by striking "section 399G(d)" and inserting "section 
399H(d)";and 
(D) in section 399K (as so redesignated), by striking 
"section 399G(d)(l)" and inserting "section 399H(d)(l)". 
42 u s e 280d. 
42 u s e 280e-
280^-4. 
42 u s e 280e. 
42 u s e 280e-3. 
42 u s e 280e-4. 
42 u s e 280d-ll, 
280e-ll. 
42 u s e 280f-
280f-3. 
42 u s e 280f. 
42 u s e 280f-2. 
42 u s e 280f-3. 
114 STAT. 1116 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Subtitle B—Prevention Activities 
SEC. 511. PREVENTIVE HEALTH AND HEALTH SERVICES BLOCK GRANT; 
SYSTEMS FOR REDUCING ASTHMA-RELATED ILLNESSES 
THROUGH INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT. 
Section 1904(a)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
300w-3(a)(l)) is amended— 
(1) by redesignating subparagraphs (E) and (F) as subpara-
graphs (F) and (G), respectively; 
(2) by adding a period at the end of subparagraph (G) 
(as so redesignated); 
(3) by inserting after subparagraph (D), the following: 
"(E) The establishment, operation, and coordination of effec-
tive and cost-efficient systems to reduce the prevalence of illness 
due to asthma and asthma-related illnesses, especially among 
children, by reducing the level of exposure to cockroach allergen 
or other known asthma triggers through the use of integrated 
pest management, as applied to cockroaches or other known 
allergens. Amounts expended for such systems may include 
the costs of building maintenance and the costs of programs 
to promote community participation in the carrying out at 
such sites of integrated pest management, as applied to cock-
roaches or other known allergens. For purposes of this subpara-
graph, the term 'integrated pest management' means an 
approach to the management of pests in public facilities that 
combines biological, cultural, physical, and chemical tools in 
a way that minimizes economic, health, and environmental 
risks."; 
(4) in subparagraph (F) (as so redesignated), by striking 
"subparagraphs (A) through (D)" and inserting "subparagraphs 
(A) through (E)"; and 
(5) in subparagraph (G) (as so redesignated), by striking 
"subparagraphs (A) through (E)" and inserting "subparagraphs 
(A) through (F)". 
Subtitle C—Coordination of Federal 
Activities 
SEC. 
521. COORDINATION 
THROUGH 
NATIONAL INSTITUTES 
OF 
HEALTH. 
Subpart 2 of part C of title IV of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 285b et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 
424A the following section: 
"COORDINATION OF FEDERAL ASTHMA ACTIVITIES 
42 use 285b-7b. 
"SEC. 424B (a) IN GENERAL.—The Director of Institute shall, 
through the National Asthma Education Prevention Program 
Coordinating Committee— 
"(1) identify all Federal programs that carry out asthma-
related activities; 
"(2) develop, in consultation with appropriate Federal agen-
cies and professional and voluntary health organizations, a 
Federal plan for responding to asthma; and 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1117 
"(3) not later than 12 months after the date of the enact-
ment of the Children's Health Act of 2000, submit recommenda-
tions to the appropriate committees of the Congress on ways 
to strengthen and improve the coordination of asthma-related 
activities of the Federal Government. 
"(b) REPRESENTATION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND 
URBAN DEVELOPMENT.—^A representative of the Department of 
Housing and Urban Development shall be included on the National 
Asthma Education Prevention Program Coordinating Committee 
for the purpose of performing the tasks described in subsection 
(a). 
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
Subtitle D—Compilation of Data 
SEC. 531. COMPILATION OF DATA BY CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL 
AND PREVENTION. 
Part B of title HI of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 401 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 
317H the following section: 
"COMPILATION OF DATA ON ASTHMA 
"SEC. 317L (a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through 
42 use 247b-io. 
the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 
shall— 
"(1) conduct local asthma surveillance activities to collect 
data on the prevalence and severity of asthma and the quality 
of asthma management; 
"(2) compile and annually publish data on the prevalence 
of children suffering from asthma in each State; and 
"(3) to the extent practicable, compile and publish data 
on the childhood mortality rate associated with asthma nation-
ally. 
"(b) SURVEILLANCE ACTIVITIES.—^The Director of the Centers 
for Disease Control and Prevention, acting through the representa-
tive of the Director on the National Asthma Education Prevention 
Program Coordinating Committee, shall, in carrying out subsection 
(a), provide an update on surveillance activities at each Committee 
meeting. 
"(c) COLLABORATIVE EFFORTS.—^The activities described in sub-
section (a)(1) may be conducted in collaboration with eligible entities 
awarded a grant under section 399L. 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
114 STAT. 1118 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
TITLE VI—BIRTH DEFECTS 
PREVENTION ACTIVITIES 
Subtitle A—Folic Acid Promotion 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
42 u s e 247b-ll. 
SEC. 601. PROGRAM REGARDING EFFECTS OF FOLIC ACID IN PREVEN-
TION OF BIRTH DEFECTS. 
Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 531 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 
3171 the following section: 
"EFFECTS OF FOLIC ACID IN PREVENTION OF BIRTH DEFECTS 
"SEC. 317J. (a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through 
the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 
shall expand and intensify programs (directly or through grants 
or contracts) for the following purposes: 
"(1) To provide education and training for health profes-
sionals and the general public for purposes of explaining the 
effects of folic acid in preventing birth defects and for purposes 
of encouraging each woman of reproductive capacity (whether 
or not planning a pregnancy) to consume on a daily basis 
a dietary supplement that provides an appropriate level of 
folic acid. 
"(2) To conduct research with respect to such education 
and training, including identifying effective strategies for 
increasing the rate of consumption of folic acid by women 
of reproductive capacity. 
"(3) To conduct research to increase the understanding 
of the effects of folic acid in preventing birth defects, including 
understanding with respect to cleft lip, cleft palate, and heart 
defects. 
"(4) To provide for appropriate epidemiological activities 
regarding folic acid and birth defects, including epidemiological 
activities regarding neural tube defects. 
"(b) CONSULTATIONS WITH STATES AND PRIVATE ENTITIES.— 
In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall consult with 
the States and with other appropriate public or private entities, 
including national nonprofit private organizations, health profes-
sionals, and providers of health insurance and health plans. 
"(c) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—^The Secretary may (directly or 
through grants or contracts) provide technical assistance to public 
and nonprofit private entities in carrjdng out the activities described 
in subsection (a). 
"(d) EVALUATIONS.—The Secretary shall (directly or through 
grants or contracts) provide for the evaluation of activities under 
subsection (a) in order to determine the extent to which such 
activities have been effective in carrying out the purposes of the 
program under such subsection, including the effects on various 
demographic populations. Methods of evaluation under the pre-
ceding sentence may include surveys of knowledge and attitudes 
on the consumption of folic acid and on blood folate levels. Such 
methods may include complete and timely monitoring of infants 
who are born with neural tube defects. 
"(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1119 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
Subtitle B—National Center on Birth 
Defects and Developmental Disabilities 
SEC. 611. NATIONAL CENTER ON BIRTH DEFECTS AND DEVELOP-
MENTAL DISABILITIES. 
Section 3170 of the PubUc Health Service Act (42 U.S.O. 247b-
4) is amended— 
(1) by striking the heading for the section and inserting 
the following: 
"NATIONAL CENTER ON BIRTH DEFECTS AND DEVELOPMENTAL 
DISABILITIES"; 
(2) by striking "SEC. 3170. (a)" and all that follows through 
the end of subsection (a) and inserting the following: 
" S E C 317C. (a) IN GENERAL.— 
"(1) NATIONAL CENTER.—There is established within the Establishment. 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention a center to be 
known as the National Center on Birth Defects and Develop-
mental Disabilities (referred to in this section as the 'Center'), 
which shall be headed by a director appointed by the Director 
of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 
"(2) GENERAL DUTIES.—^The Secretary shall carry out 
programs— 
"(A) to collect, analyze, and make available data on 
birth defects and developmental disabilities (in a manner 
that facilitates compliance with subsection (d)(2)), including 
data on the causes of such defects and disabilities and 
on the incidence and prevalence of such defects and disabil-
ities; 
"(B) to operate regional centers for the conduct of 
applied epidemiological research on the prevention of such 
defects and disabilities; and 
"(0) to provide information and education to the public 
on the prevention of such defects and disabilities. 
"(3) FOLIC ACID.—^The Secretary shall carry out section 
317J through the Center. 
"(4) CERTAIN PROGRAMS.— 
"(A) TRANSFERS.—All programs and functions described 
in subparagraph (B) are transferred to the Center, effective 
upon the expiration of the 180-day period beginning on 
the date of the enactment of the Children's Health Act 
of 2000. 
"(B) RELEVANT PROGRAMS.—The programs and func-
tions described in this subparagraph are all programs and 
functions that— 
"(i) relate to birth defects; folic acid; cerebral palsy; 
mental 
retardation; 
child 
development; 
newborn 
screening; autism; fragile X syndrome; fetal alcohol 
sjoidrome; 
pediatric 
genetic 
disorders; 
disability 
prevention; or other relevant diseases, disorders, or 
conditions as determined the Secretary; and 
114 STAT. 1120 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(ii) were carried out through the National Center 
for Environmental Health as of the day before the 
date of the enactment of the Act referred to in subpara-
graph (A). 
"(C) 
RELATED TRANSFERS.—Personnel employed 
in 
connection with the programs and functions specified in 
subparagraph (B), and amounts available for carrying out 
the programs and functions, are transferred to the Center, 
effective upon the expiration of the 180-day period begin-
ning on the date of the enactment of the Act referred 
to in subparagraph (A). Such transfer of amounts does 
not affect the period of availability of the amounts, or 
the availability of the amounts with respect to the purposes 
for which the amounts may be expended."; and 
(3) in subsection (b)(1), in the matter preceding subpara-
graph (A), by striking "(a)(1)" and inserting "(a)(2)(A)". 
TITLE VII—EARLY DETECTION, DIAG-
NOSIS, AND TREATMENT REGARDING 
HEARING LOSS IN INFANTS 
42 use 280g-l 
SEC. 701. PURPOSES. 
The purposes of this title are to clarify the authority within 
the Public Health Service Act to authorize statewide newborn and 
infant hearing screening, evaluation and intervention programs 
and systems, technical assistance, a national applied research pro-
gram, and interagency and private sector collaboration for policy 
development, in order to assist the States in making progress 
toward the following goals: 
(1) All babies born in hospitals in the United States and 
its territories should have a hearing screening before leaving 
the birthing facility. Babies born in other countries and residing 
in the United States via immigration or adoption should have 
a hearing screening as early as possible. 
(2) All babies who are not born in hospitals in the United 
States and its territories should have a hearing screening 
within the first 3 months of life. 
(3) Appropriate audiologic and medical evaluations should 
be conducted by 3 months for all newborns and infants sus-
pected of having hearing loss to allow appropriate referral 
and provisions for audiologic rehabilitation, medical and early 
intervention before the age of 6 months. 
(4) All newborn and infant hearing screening programs 
and systems should include a component for audiologic 
rehabilitation, medical and early intervention options that 
ensures linkage to any new and existing state-wide systems 
of intervention and rehabilitative services for newborns and 
infants with hearing loss. 
(5) Public policy in regard to newborn and infant hearing 
screening and intervention should be based on applied research 
and the recognition that newborns, infants, toddlers, and chil-
dren who are deaf or hard-of-hearing have unique language, 
learning, and communication needs, and should be the result 
of consultation with pertinent public and private sectors. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1121 
SEC. 702. PROGRAMS OF HEALTH RESOURCES AND SERVICES ADMINIS-
TRATION, 
CENTERS 
FOR 
DISEASE 
CONTROL 
AND 
PREVENTION, AND NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH. 
Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as added 
by section 501 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the 
following section: 
"SEC. 
399M. 
EARLY DETECTION, DIAGNOSIS, AND 
TREATMENT 
42 USC 280g-l. 
REGARDING HEARING LOSS IN INFANTS. 
"(a) 
STATEWIDE NEWBORN AND INFANT HEARING SCREENING, 
EVALUATION AND INTERVENTION PROGRAMS AND SYSTEMS.—The Sec-
retary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources 
and Services Administration, shall make awards of grants or 
cooperative agreements to develop statewide newborn and infant 
hearing screening, evaluation and intervention programs and sys-
tems for the following purposes: 
"(1) To develop and monitor the efficacy of state-wide new-
born and infant hearing screening, evaluation and intervention 
programs and systems. Early intervention includes referral to 
schools and agencies, including community, consumer, and 
parent-based agencies and organizations and other programs 
mandated by part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Edu-
cation Act, which offer programs specifically designed to meet 
the unique language and communication needs of deaf and 
hard of hearing newborns, infants, toddlers, and children. 
"(2) To collect data on statewide newborn and infant 
hearing screening, evaluation and intervention programs and 
systems that can be used for applied research, program evalua-
tion and policy development. 
"(b) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE, DATA MANAGEMENT, AND APPLIED 
RESEARCH.— 
"(1) 
CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION.— 
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for 
Disease Control and Prevention, shall make awards of grants 
or cooperative agreements to provide technical assistance to 
State agencies to complement an intramural program and to 
conduct applied research related to newborn and infant hearing 
screening, evaluation and intervention programs and systems. 
The program shall develop standardized procedures for data 
management and program effectiveness and costs, such as— 
"(A) to ensure quality monitoring of newborn and infant 
hearing loss screening, evaluation, and intervention pro-
grams and systems; 
"(B) to provide technical assistance on data collection 
and management; 
"(C) to study the costs and effectiveness of newborn 
and infant hearing screening, evaluation and intervention 
programs and systems conducted by State-based programs 
in order to answer issues of importance to State and 
national policymakers; 
"(D) to identify the causes and risk factors for con-
genital hearing loss; 
"(E) to study the effectiveness of newborn and infant 
hearing screening, audiologic and medical evaluations and 
intervention programs and systems by assessing the health, 
intellectual and social developmental, cognitive, and lan-
guage status of these children at school age; and 
114 STAT. 1122 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(F) to promote the sharing of data regarding early 
hearing loss with State-based birth defects and develop-
mental disabilities monitoring programs for the purpose 
of identifying previously unknown causes of hearing loss. 
"(2) NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH.—The Director of the 
National Institutes of Health, acting through the Director of 
the National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication 
Disorders, shall for purposes of this section, continue a program 
of research and development on the efficacy of new screening 
techniques and technology, 
including 
clinical 
studies of 
screening methods, studies on efficacy of intervention, and 
related research. 
"(c) COORDINATION AND COLLABORATION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—In carrying out programs under this 
section, the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services 
Administration, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control 
and Prevention, and the Director of the National Institutes 
of Health shall collaborate and consult with other Federal 
agencies; State and local agencies, including those responsible 
for early intervention services pursuant to title XIX of the 
Social Security Act (Medicaid Early and Periodic Screening, 
Diagnosis and Treatment Program); title XXI of the Social 
Security Act (State Children's Health Insurance Program); title 
V of the Social Security Act (Maternal and Child Health Block 
Grant Program); and part C of the Individuals with Disabilities 
Education Act; consumer groups of and that serve individuals 
who are deaf and hard-of-hearing and their families; appro-
priate national medical and other health and education spe-
cialty organizations; persons who are deaf and hard-of-hearing 
and their families; other qualified professional personnel who 
are proficient in deaf or hard-of-hearing children's language 
and who possess the specialized knowledge, skills, and 
attributes needed to serve deaf and hard-of-hearing newborns, 
infants, toddlers, children, and their families; third-party 
payers and managed care organizations; and related commercial 
industries. 
"(2) POLICY DEVELOPMENT.—^The Administrator of the 
Health Resources and Services Administration, the Director 
of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the 
Director of the National Institutes of Health shall coordinate 
and collaborate on recommendations for policy development 
at the Federal and State levels and with the private sector, 
including consumer, medical and other health and education 
professional-based organizations, with respect to newborn and 
infant hearing screening, evaluation and intervention programs 
and systems. 
"(3) STATE EARLY DETECTION, DIAGNOSIS, AND INTERVENTION 
PROGRAMS AND SYSTEMS; DATA COLLECTION.—The Administrator 
of the Health Resources and Services Administration and the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention 
shall coordinate and collaborate in assisting States to establish 
newborn and infant hearing screening, evaluation and interven-
tion programs and systems under subsection (a) and to develop 
a data collection system under subsection (b). 
"(d) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION; RELIGIOUS ACCOMMODATION.— 
Nothing in this section shall be construed to preempt or prohibit 
any State law, including State laws which do not require the 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1123 
screening for hearing loss of newborn infants or young children 
of parents who object to the screening on the grounds that such 
screening conflicts with the parents' religious beliefs. 
"(e) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section: 
"(1) The term 'audiologic evaluation' refers to procedures 
to assess the status of the auditory system; to establish the 
site of the auditory disorder; the type and degree of hearing 
loss, and the potential effects of hearing loss on communication; 
and to identify appropriate treatment and referral options. 
Referral options should include linkage to State coordinating 
agencies under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Edu-
cation Act or other appropriate agencies, medical evaluation, 
hearing aid/sensory aid assessment, audiologic rehabilitation 
treatment, national and local consumer, self-help, parent, and 
education organizations, and other family-centered services. 
"(2) The terms 'audiologic rehabilitation' and 'audiologic 
intervention' refer to procedures, techniques, and technologies 
to facilitate the receptive and expressive communication abili-
ties of a child with hearing loss. 
"(3) The term 'early intervention' refers to providing appro-
priate services for the child with hearing loss, including non-
medical services, and ensuring that families of the child are 
provided comprehensive, consumer-oriented information about 
the full range of family support, training, information services, 
communication options and are given the opportunity to con-
sider the full range of educational and program placements 
and options for their child. 
"(4) The term 'medical evaluation by a physician' refers 
to key components including history, examination, and medical 
decision making focused on S3miptomatic and related body sys-
tems for the purpose of diagnosing the etiology of hearing 
loss and related physical conditions, and for identifying appro-
priate treatment and referral options. 
"(5) The term 'medical intervention' refers to the process 
by which a physician provides medical diagnosis and direction 
for medical and/or surgical treatment options of hearing loss 
and/or related medical disorder associated with hearing loss. 
"(6) The term 'newborn and infant hearing screening* refers 
to objective physiologic procedures to detect possible hearing 
loss and to identify newborns and infants who, after re-
screening, require further audiologic and medical evaluations. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.— 
"(1) STATEWIDE NEWBORN AND INFANT HEARING SCREENING, 
EVALUATION AND INTERVENTION PROGRAMS AND SYSTEMS.—For 
the purpose of carrying out subsection (a), there are authorized 
to be appropriated to the Health Resources and Services 
Administration such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 
2002. 
"(2) 
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE, DATA MANAGEMENT, AND 
APPLIED RESEARCH; CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVEN-
TION.—For the purpose of carrying out subsection (b)(1), there 
are authorized to be appropriated to the Centers for Disease 
Control and Prevention such sums as may be necessary for 
fiscal year 2002. 
"(3) 
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE, DATA MANAGEMENT, AND 
APPLIED RESEARCH; NATIONAL INSTITUTE ON DEAFNESS AND 
114 STAT. 1124 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
OTHER COMMUNICATION DISORDERS.—For the purpose of Car-
rying out subsection (b)(2), there are authorized to be appro-
priated to the National Institute on Deafness and Other 
Communication Disorders such sums as may be necessary for 
fiscal year 2002.". 
TITLE VIII—CHILDREN AND EPILEPSY 
SEC. 801. NATIONAL PUBLIC HEALTH CAMPAIGN ON EPILEPSY; SEI-
ZURE DISORDER DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS IN MEDI-
CALLY UNDERSERVED AREAS. 
Subpart I of part D of title III of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 254b) is amended by adding at the end the following 
section: 
42USC254C-5. 
"SEC. 330E. EPILEPSY; SEIZURE DISORDER. 
"(a) NATIONAL PUBLIC HEALTH CAMPAIGN.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall develop and imple-
ment public health surveillance, education, research, and inter-
vention strategies to improve the lives of persons with epilepsy, 
with a particular emphasis on children. Such projects may 
be carried out by the Secretary directly and through awards 
of grants or contracts to public or nonprofit private entities. 
The Secretary may directly or through such awards provide 
technical assistance with respect to the planning, development, 
and operation of such projects. 
"(2) CERTAIN ACTIVITIES.—^Activities under paragraph (1) 
shall include— 
"(A) expanding current surveillance activities through 
existing monitoring systems and improving registries that 
maintain data on individuals with epilepsy, including chil-
dren; 
"(B) enhancing research activities on the diagnosis, 
treatment, and management of epilepsy; 
"(C) implementing public and professional information 
and education programs regarding epilepsy, including ini-
tiatives which promote effective management of the disease 
through children's programs which are targeted to parents, 
schools, daycare providers, patients; 
"(D) undertaking educational efforts with the media, 
providers of health care, schools and others regarding 
stigmas and secondary disabilities related to epilepsy and 
seizures, and its effects on youth; 
"(E) 
utilizing 
and expanding 
partnerships 
with 
organizations with experience addressing the health and 
related needs of people with disabilities; and 
"(F) other activities the Secretary deems appropriate. 
"(3) COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES.—The Secretary shall 
ensure that activities under this subsection are coordinated 
as appropriate with other agencies of the Public Health Service 
that carry out activities regarding epilepsy and seizure. 
"(b) SEIZURE DISORDER; DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS IN MEDI-
CALLY UNDERSERVED AREAS.— 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1125 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through the 
Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Adminis-
tration, may make grants for the purpose of carrying out dem-
onstration projects to improve access to health and other serv-
ices regarding seizures to encourage early detection and treat-
ment in children and others residing in medically underserved 
areas. 
"(2) APPLICATION FOR GRANT.—^A grant may not be awarded 
under paragraph (1) unless an application therefore is sub-
mitted to the Secretary and the Secretary approves such 
application. Such application shall be submitted in such form 
and manner and shall contain such information as the Secretary 
may prescribe. 
"(c) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section: 
"(1) The term 'epilepsy refers to a chronic and serious 
neurological condition characterized by excessive electrical dis-
charges in the brain causing recurring seizures affecting all 
life activities. The Secretary may revise the definition of such 
term to the extent the Secretary determines necessary. 
"(2) The term 'medically underserved' has the meaning 
applicable under section 799B(6). 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the jfiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
TITLE IX—SAFE MOTHERHOOD; INFANT 
HEALTH PROMOTION 
Subtitle A—Safe Motherhood Prevention 
Research 
SEC. 901. PREVENTION RESEARCH AND OTHER ACTIVITIES. 
Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 601 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 
317J the following section: 
"SAFE MOTHERHOOD 
"SEC. 317K. (a) SURVEILLANCE.— 
42 use 247b-i2. 
"(1) PURPOSE.—^The purpose of this subsection is to develop 
surveillance systems at the local. State, and national level 
to better understand the burden of maternal complications 
and mortality and to decrease the disparities among population 
at risk of death and complications from pregnancy. 
"(2) ACTIVITIES.—For the purpose described in paragraph 
(1), the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers 
for Disease Control and Prevention, may carry out the following 
activities: 
"(A) The Secretary may establish and implement a 
national surveillance program to identify and promote the 
investigation of deaths and severe complications that occur 
during pregnancy. 
114 STAT. 1126 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(B) The Secretary may expand the Pregnancy Risk 
Assessment Monitoring System to provide surveillance and 
collect data in each State. 
"(C) The Secretary may expand the Maternal and Child 
Health Epidemiology Program to provide technical support, 
financial assistance, or the time-limited assignment of 
senior epidemiologists to maternal and child health pro-
grams in each State. 
"(b) PREVENTION RESEARCH.— 
"(1) PURPOSE.—The purpose of this subsection is to provide 
the Secretary with the authority to further expand research 
concerning risk factors, prevention strategies, and the roles 
of the family, health care providers and the community in 
safe motherhood. 
"(2) RESEARCH.—^The Secretary may carry out activities 
to expand research relating to— 
"(A) encouraging preconception counseling, especially 
for at risk populations such as diabetics; 
"(B) the identification of critical components of prenatal 
delivery and postpartum care; 
"(C) the identification of outreach and support services, 
such as folic acid education, that are available for pregnant 
women; 
"(D) the identification of women who are at high risk 
for complications; 
"(E) preventing preterm delivery; 
"(F) preventing urinary tract infections; 
"(G) preventing unnecessary caesarean sections; 
"(H) an examination of the higher rates of maternal 
mortality among African American women; 
"(I) an examination of the relationship 
between 
domestic violence and maternal complications and mor-
tality; 
"(J) preventing and reducing adverse health con-
sequences that may result from smoking, alcohol and illegal 
drug use before, during and after pregnancy; 
"(K) preventing infections that cause maternal and 
infant complications; and 
"(L) other areas determined appropriate by the Sec-
retary. 
"(c) PREVENTION PROGRAMS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary may carry out activities 
to promote safe motherhood, including— 
"(A) public education campaigns on healthy preg-
nancies and the building of partnerships with outside 
organizations concerned about safe motherhood; 
"(B) education programs for physicians, nurses and 
other health care providers; and 
"(C) activities to promote community support services 
for pregnant women. 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1127 
Subtitle B—Pregnant Women and Infants 
Health Promotion 
SEC. 911. PROGRAMS REGARDING PRENATAL AND POSTNATAL 
HEALTH. 
Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 901 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 
317K the following section: 
"PRENATAL AND POSTNATAL HEALTH 
"SEC. 317L. (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting through 
42 use 2471>-13. 
the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 
shall carry out programs— 
"(1) to collect, analyze, and make available data on prenatal 
smoking, alcohol and illegal drug use, including data on the 
implications of such activities and on the incidence and preva-
lence of such activities and their implications; 
"(2) to conduct applied epidemiological research on the 
prevention of prenatal and postnatal smoking, alcohol and 
illegal drug use; 
"(3) to support, conduct, and evaluate the effectiveness 
of educational and cessation programs; and 
"(4) to provide information and education to the public 
on the prevention and implications of prenatal and postnatal 
smoking, alcohol and illegal drug use. 
"(b) GRANTS.—In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary 
may award grants to and enter into contracts with States, local 
governments, scientific and academic institutions, federally quali-
fied health centers, and other public and nonprofit entities, and 
may provide technical and consultative assistance to such entities. 
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
TITLE X— PEDIATRIC RESEARCH 
INITIATIVE 
SEC. 1001. ESTABLISHMENT OF PEDLVTRIC RESEARCH INITIATIVE. 
Part B of title IV of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 101 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the 
following: 
"PEDIATRIC RESEARCH INITIATIVE 
"SEC. 409D. (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—^The Secretary shall establish 
42 use 284h. 
within the Office of the Director of NIH a Pediatric Research 
Initiative (referred to in this section as the 'Initiative') to conduct 
and support research that is directly related to diseases, disorders, 
and other conditions in children. The Initiative shall be headed 
by the Director of NIH. 
"(b) PURPOSE.—The purpose of the Initiative is to provide funds 
to enable the Director of NIH— 
114 STAT. 1128 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(1) to increase support for pediatric biomedical research 
within the National Institutes of Health to realize the 
expanding opportunities for advancement in scientific investiga-
tions and care for children; 
"(2) to enhance collaborative efforts among the Institutes 
to conduct and support multidisciplinary research in the areas 
that the Director deems most promising; and 
"(3) in coordination with the Food and Drug Administra-
tion, to increase the development of adequate pediatric clinical 
trials and pediatric use information to promote the safer and 
more effective use of prescription drugs in the pediatric popu-
lation. 
"(c) DUTIES.—In carrying out subsection (b), the Director of 
NIH shall— 
"(1) consult with the Director of the National Institute 
of Child Health and Human Development and the other 
national research institutes, in considering their requests for 
new or expanded pediatric research efforts, and consult with 
the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services 
Administration and other advisors as the Director determines 
to be appropriate; 
"(2) have broad discretion in the allocation of any Initiative 
assistance among the Institutes, among types of grants, and 
between basic and clinical research so long as the assistance 
is directly related to the illnesses and conditions of children; 
and 
Reports. 
"(3) be responsible for the oversight of any newly appro-
priated Initiative funds and annually report to Congress and 
the public on the extent of the total funds obligated to conduct 
or support pediatric research across the National Institutes 
of Health, including the specific support and research awards 
allocated through the Initiative. 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION.—For the purpose of carrying out this sec-
tion, there are authorized to be appropriated $50,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
fiscal years 2002 through 2005. 
"(e) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—-The Director of NIH may transfer 
amounts appropriated under this section to any of the Institutes 
for a fiscal year to carry out the purposes of the Initiative under 
this section.". 
SEC. 1002. INVESTMENT IN TOMORROWS PEDIATRIC RESEARCHERS. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Subpart 7 of part C of title IV of the Public 
Health Service Act, as amended by section 921 of this Act, is 
amended by adding at the end the following: 
"INVESTMENT IN TOMORROW'S PEDIATRIC RESEARCHERS 
42 use 285g-io. 
"SEC. 452G. (a) ENHANCED SUPPORT.—In order to ensure the 
future supply of researchers dedicated to the care and research 
needs of children, the Director of the Institute, after consultation 
with the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services 
Administration, shall support activities to provide for— 
"(1) an increase in the number and size of institutional 
training grants to institutions supporting pediatric training; 
and 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1129 
"(2) an increase in the number of career development 
awards for health professionals who intend to build careers 
in pediatric basic and clinical research. 
"(b) AUTHORIZATION.—For the purpose of carrjdng out sub-
section (a), there are authorized to be appropriated such sums 
as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 
2005.". 
(b) PEDIATRIC RESEARCH LOAN REPAYMENT PROGRAM.—Part 
G of title IV of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 288 
et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 487E the following 
section: 
"PEDIATRIC RESEARCH LOAN REPAYMENT PROGRAM 
"SEC. 487F. (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, in consultation 
42 USC 288-6. 
with the Director of NIH, may establish a pediatric research loan 
repayment program. Through such program— 
"(1) the Secretary shall enter into contracts with qualified 
Contracts, 
health professionals under which such professionals will agree 
to conduct pediatric research, in consideration of the Federal 
Government agreeing to repay, for each year of such service, 
not more than $35,000 of the principal and interest of the 
educational loans of such professionals; and 
"(2) the Secretary shall, for the purpose of providing 
reimbursements for tax liability resulting from pa3anents made 
under paragraph (1) on behalf of an individual, make pajnnents, 
in addition to payments under such paragraph, to the individual 
in an amount equal to 39 percent of the total amount of loan 
repayments made for the taxable year involved. 
"(b) APPLICATION OF OTHER PROVISIONS.—The provisions of 
sections 338B, 338C, and 338E shall, except as inconsistent with 
paragraph (1), apply to the program established under such para-
graph to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions 
apply to the National Health Service Corps Loan Repa3mient Pro-
gram established under subpart III of part D of title III. 
"(c) FUNDING.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—For the purpose of carrying out this 
section with respect to a national research institute the Sec-
retary may reserve, from amounts appropriated for such 
institute for the fiscal year involved, such amounts as the 
Secretary determines to be appropriate. 
"(2) AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.—^Amounts made available to 
carry out this section shall remain available until the expiration 
of the second fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year for 
which such amounts were made available.". 
SEC. 1003. REVIEW OF REGULATIONS. 
(a) REVIEW.—By not later than 6 months after the date of Deadline. 
the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human 
Services shall conduct a review of the regulations under subpart 
D of part 46 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations, consider 
any modifications necessary to ensure the adequate and appropriate 
protection of children participating in research, and report the 
findings of the Secretary to Congress. 
(b) AREAS OF REVIEW.—In conducting the review under sub-
section (a), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall 
consider— 
114 STAT. 1130 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
42 use 285g 
note. 
Establishment. 
(1) the appropriateness of the regulations for children of 
differing ages and maturity levels, including legal status; 
(2) the definition of "minimal risk" for a healthy child 
or for a child with an illness; 
(3) the definitions of "assent" and "permission" for child 
clinical research participants and their parents or guardians 
and of "adequate provisions" for soliciting assent or permission 
in research as such definitions relate to the process of obtaining 
the agreement of children participating in research and the 
parents or guardians of such children; 
(4) the definitions of "direct benefit to the individual sub-
jects" and "generalizable knowledge about the subject's disorder 
or condition"; 
(5) whether payment (financial or otherwise) may be pro-
vided to a child or his or her parent or guardian for the 
participation of the child in research, and if so, the amount 
and type given; 
(6) the expectations of child research participants and their 
parent or guardian for the direct benefits of the child's research 
involvement; 
(7) safeguards for research involving children conducted 
in emergency situations with a waiver of informed assent; 
(8) parent and child notification in instances in which 
the regulations have not been complied with; 
(9) compliance with the regulations in effect on the date 
of the enactment of this Act, the monitoring of such compliance, 
and enforcement actions for violations of such regulations; and 
(10) the appropriateness of current practices for recruiting 
children for participation in research. 
(c) CONSULTATION.—In conducting the review under subsection 
(a), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall consult 
broadly with experts in the field, including pediatric pharma-
cologists, pediatricians, pediatric professional societies, bioethics 
experts, clinical investigators, institutional review boards, industry 
experts, appropriate Federal agencies, and children who have 
participated in research studies and the parents, guardians, or 
families of such children. 
(d) CONSIDERATION OF ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.—In conducting 
the review under subsection (a), the Secretary of Health and Human 
Services shall consider and, not later than 6 months after the 
date of the enactment of this Act, report to Congress concerning— 
(1) whether the Secretary should establish data and safety 
monitoring boards or other mechanisms to review adverse 
events associated with research involving children; and 
(2) whether the institutional review board oversight of clin-
ical trials involving children is adequate to protect children. 
SEC. 1004. LONG-TERM CHILD DEVELOPMENT STUDY. 
(a) PURPOSE.—It is the purpose of this section to authorize 
the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development 
to conduct a national longitudinal study of environmental influences 
(including physical, chemical, biological, and psychosocial) on chil-
dren's health and development. 
(b) IN GENERAL.—The Director of the National Institute of 
Child Health and Human Development shall establish a consortium 
of representatives from appropriate Federal agencies (including the 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1131 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Environmental 
Protection Agency) to— 
(1) plan, develop, and implement a prospective cohort study, 
from birth to adulthood, to evaluate the effects of both chronic 
and intermittent exposures on child health and human develop-
ment; and 
(2) investigate basic mechanisms of developmental dis-
orders and environmental factors, both risk and protective, 
that influence health and developmental processes. 
(c) REQUIREMENT.—^The study under subsection (b) shall— 
(1) incorporate behavioral, emotional, educational, and 
contextual consequences to enable a complete assessment of 
the physical, chemical, biological and psychosocial environ-
mental influences on children's well-being; 
(2) gather data on environmental influences and outcomes 
on diverse populations of children, which may include the 
consideration of prenatal exposures; and 
(3) consider health disparities among children which may 
include the consideration of prenatal exposures. 
(d) REPORT.—Beginning not later than 3 years after the date Deadline, 
of the enactment of this Act, and periodically thereafter for the 
duration of the study under this section, the Director of the National 
Institute of Child Health and Human Development shall prepare 
and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report 
on the implementation and findings made under the planning and 
feasibility study conducted under this section. 
(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section $18,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each the fiscal 
years 2002 through 2005. 
TITLE XI—CHILDHOOD MALIGNANCIES 
SEC. 
1101. PROGRAMS OF CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND 
PREVENTION AND NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH. 
Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 702 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the 
following section: 
"SEC. 399N. CHILDHOOD MALIGNANCIES. 
42 USC 280g-2. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting as appropriate through 
the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention 
and the Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall study 
environmental 
and other risk factors 
for childhood 
cancers 
(including skeletal malignancies, leukemias, malignant tumors of 
the central nervous system, l5anphomas, soft tissue sarcomas, and 
other malignant neoplasms) and carry out projects to improve out-
comes among children with childhood cancers and resultant sec-
ondary conditions, including limb loss, anemia, rehabilitation, and 
palliative care. Such projects shall be carried out by the Secretary 
directly and through awards of grants or contracts. 
"(b) 
CERTAIN ACTIVITIES.—^Activities under 
subsection 
(a) 
include— 
"(1) the expansion of current demographic data collection 
and population surveillance efforts to include childhood cancers 
nationally; 
114 STAT. 1132 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(2) the development of a uniform reporting system under 
which treating physicians, hospitals, clinics, and States report 
the diagnosis of childhood cancers, including relevant associated 
epidemiological data; and 
"(3) support for the National Limb Loss Information Center 
to address, in part, the primary and secondary needs of persons 
who experience childhood cancers in order to prevent or mini-
mize the disabling nature of these cancers. 
"(c) COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES.—^The Secretary shall assure 
that activities under this section are coordinated as appropriate 
with other agencies of the Public Health Service that carry out 
activities focused on childhood cancers and limb loss. 
"(d) DEFINITION.—For purposes of this section, the term 'child-
hood cancer' refers to a spectrum of different malignancies that 
vary by histology, site of disease, origin, race, sex, and age. The 
Secretary may for purposes of this section revise the definition 
of such term to the extent determined by the Secretary to be 
appropriate. 
"(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
TITLE XII~ADOPTION AWARENESS 
Subtitle A—Infant Adoption Awareness 
SEC. 1201. GRANTS REGARDING INFANT ADOPTION AWARENESS. 
Subpart I of part D of title III of the Public Health Service 
Act, as amended by section 801 of this Act, is amended by adding 
at the end the following section: 
42 u s e 254C-6. 
"SEC. 330F. CERTAIN SERVICES FOR PREGNANT WOMEN. 
"(a) INFANT ADOPTION AWARENESS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall make grants to 
national, regional, or local adoption organizations for the pur-
pose of developing and implementing programs to train the 
designated staff of eligible health centers in providing adoption 
information and referrals to pregnant women on an equal basis 
with all other courses of action included in nondirective coun-
seling to pregnant women. 
"(2) BEST-PRACTICES GUIDELINES.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—^A condition for the receipt of a 
grant under paragraph (1) is that the adoption organization 
involved agree that, in providing training under such para-
graph, the organization will follow the guidelines developed 
under subparagraph (B). 
"(B) PROCESS FOR DEVELOPMENT OF GUIDELINES.— 
"(i) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall establish 
and supervise a process described in clause (ii) in which 
the participants are— 
"(I) an appropriate number and variety of 
adoption organizations that, as a group, have 
expertise in all models of adoption practice and 
that represent all members of the adoption triad 
(birth mother, infant, and adoptive parent); and 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1133 
"(11) affected public health entities, 
"(ii) 
DESCRIPTION 
OF 
PROCESS.—The 
process 
referred to in clause (i) is a process in which the 
participants described in such clause collaborate to 
develop best-practices guidelines on the provision of 
adoption information and referrals to pregnant women 
on an equal basis with all other courses of action 
included 
in 
nondirective 
counseling to 
pregnant 
women. 
"(iii) DATE CERTAIN FOR DEVELOPMENT.—The Sec- Deadline. 
retary shall ensure that the guidelines described in 
clause (ii) are developed not later than 180 days after 
the date of the enactment of the Children's Health 
Act of 2000. 
"(C) RELATION TO AUTHORITY FOR GRANTS.—The Sec-
retary may not make any grant under paragraph (1) before 
the date on which the guidelines under subparagraph (B) 
are developed. 
"(3) USE OF GRANT.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—^With respect to a grant under para-
graph (1)— 
"(i) an adoption organization may expend the grant 
to carry out the programs directly or through grants 
to or contracts with other adoption organizations; 
"(ii) the purposes for which the adoption organiza-
tion expends the grant may include the development 
of a training curriculum, consistent with the guidelines 
developed under paragraph (2)(B); and 
"(iii) a condition for the receipt of the grant is 
that the adoption organization agree that, in providing 
training for the designated staff of eligible health cen-
ters, such organization will make reasonable efforts 
to ensure that the individuals who provide the training 
are individuals who are knowledgeable in all elements 
of the adoption process and are experienced in pro-
viding adoption information and referrals in the 
geographic areas in which the eligible health centers 
are located, and that the designated staff receive the 
training in such areas. 
"(B) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION REGARDING TRAINING OF 
TRAINERS.—^With respect to individuals who under a grant 
under paragraph (1) provide training for the designated 
staff of eligible health centers (referred to in this subpara-
graph as 'trainers'), subparagraph (A)(iii) may not be con-
strued 
as establishing any limitation regarding 
the 
geographic area in which the trainers receive instruction 
in being such trainers. A trainer may receive such instruc-
tion in a different geographic area than the area in which 
the trainer trains (or will train) the designated staff of 
eligible health centers. 
"(4) ADOPTION ORGANIZATIONS; ELIGIBLE HEALTH CENTERS; 
OTHER DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section: 
"(A) The term 'adoption organization' means a national, 
regional, or local organization— 
"(i) among whose primary purposes are adoption; 
114 STAT. 1134 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Deadline. 
Reports. 
Reports. 
"(ii) that is knowledgeable in all elements of the 
adoption process and on providing adoption information 
and referrals to pregnant women; and 
"(iii) that is a nonprofit private entity. 
"(B) The term 'designated staff, with respect to an 
eligible health center, means staff of the center who provide 
pregnancy or adoption information and referrals (or will 
provide such information and referrals after receiving 
training under a grant under paragraph (1)). 
"(C) The term 'eligible health centers' means public 
and nonprofit private entities that provide health services 
to pregnant women. 
"(5) TRAINING FOR CERTAIN ELIGIBLE HEALTH CENTERS.— 
A condition for the receipt of a grant under paragraph (1) 
is that the adoption organization involved agree to make reason-
able efforts to ensure that the eligible health centers with 
respect to which training under the grant is provided include— 
"(A) eligible health centers that receive grants under 
section 
1001 (relating to voluntary family 
planning 
projects); 
"(B) eligible health centers that receive grants under 
section 330 (relating to community health centers, migrant 
health centers, and centers regarding homeless individuals 
and residents of public housing); and 
"(C) eligible health centers that receive grants under 
this Act for the provision of services in schools. 
"(6) PARTICIPATION OF CERTAIN ELIGIBLE HEALTH CLINICS.— 
In the case of eligible health centers that receive grants under 
section 330 or 1001: 
"(A) Within a reasonable period after the Secretary 
begins making grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary 
shall provide eligible health centers with complete informa-
tion about the training available from 
organizations 
receiving grants under such paragraph. The Secretary shall 
make reasonable efforts to encourage eligible health centers 
to arrange for designated staff to participate in such 
training. Such efforts shall affirm Federal requirements, 
if any, that the eligible health center provide nondirective 
counseling to pregnant women. 
"(B) All costs of such centers in obtaining the training 
shall be reimbursed by the organization that provides the 
training, using grants under paragraph (1). 
"(C) Not later than 1 year after the date of the enact-
ment of the Children's Health Act of 2000, the Secretary 
shall submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress 
a report evaluating the extent to which adoption informa-
tion and referral, upon request, are provided by eligible 
health centers. Within a reasonable time after training 
under this section is initiated, the Secretary shall submit 
to the appropriate committees of the Congress a report 
evaluating the extent to which adoption information and 
referral, upon request, are provided by eligible health cen-
ters in order to determine the effectiveness of such training 
and the extent to which such training complies with sub-
section (a)(1). In preparing the reports required by this 
subparagraph, the Secretary shall in no respect interpret 
the provisions of this section to allow any interference 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1135 
in the provider-patient relationship, any breach of patient 
confidentiality, or any monitoring or auditing of the coun-
seling process or patient records which breaches patient 
confidentiality or reveals patient identity. The reports 
required by this subparagraph shall be conducted by the 
Secretary acting through the Administrator of the Health 
Resources and Services Administration and in collaboration 
with the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research 
and Quality. 
"(b) APPLICATION FOR GRANT.—^The Secretary may make a grant 
under subsection (a) only if an application for the grant is submitted 
to the Secretary and the application is in such form, is made 
in such manner, and contains such agreements, assurances, and 
information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry 
out this section. 
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
Subtitle B—Special Needs Adoption 
Awareness 
SEC. 1211. SPECIAL NEEDS ADOPTION PROGRAMS; PUBLIC AWARE-
NESS CAMPAIGN AND OTHER ACTIVITIES. 
Subpart I of part D of title HI of the Public Health Service 
Act, as amended by section 1201 of this Act, is amended by adding 
at the end the following section: 
"SEC. 330G. SPECIAL NEEDS ADOPTION PROGRAMS; PUBLIC AWARE- 
42 USC 254c-7. 
NESS CAMPAIGN AND OTHER ACTIVITIES. 
"(a) SPECIAL NEEDS ADOPTION AWARENESS CAMPAIGN.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall, through making Grants, 
grants to nonprofit private entities, provide for the planning, 
development, and carrying out of a national campaign to pro-
vide information to the public regarding the adoption of children 
with special needs. 
"(2) INPUT ON PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT.—In providing 
for the planning and development of the national campaign 
under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall provide for input from 
a number and variety of adoption organizations throughout 
the States in order that the full national diversity of interests 
among adoption organizations is represented in the planning 
and development of the campaign. 
"(3) CERTAIN FEATURES.—^With respect to the national cam-
paign under paragraph (1): 
"(A) The campaign shall be directed at various popu-
lations, taking into account as appropriate 
differences 
among geographic regions, and shall be carried out in the 
language and cultural context that is most appropriate 
to the population involved. 
"(B) The means through which the campaign may be 
carried out include— 
"(i) placing public service announcements on tele-
vision, radio, and billboards; and 
114 STAT. 1136 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
Grants. 
"(ii) providing information through means that the 
Secretary determines will reach individuals who are 
most likely to adopt children with special needs. 
"(C) The campaign shall provide information on the 
subsidies and supports that are available to individuals 
regarding the adoption of children with special needs. 
"(D) The Secretary may provide that the placement 
of public service announcements, and the dissemination 
of brochures and other materials, is subject to review by 
the Secretary. 
"(4) MATCHING REQUIREMENT.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—^With respect to the costs of the 
activities to be carried out by an entity pursuant to para-
graph (1), a condition for the receipt of a grant under 
such paragraph is that the entity agree to make available 
(directly or through donations from public or private enti-
ties) non-Federal contributions toward such costs in an 
amount that is not less than 25 percent of such costs. 
"(B) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT CONTRIBUTED.—Non-
Federal contributions under subparagraph (A) may be in 
cash or in kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equip-
ment, or services. Amounts provided by the Federal Govern-
ment, or services assisted or subsidized to any significant 
extent by the Federal Government, may not be included 
in determining the amount of such contributions. 
"(b) NATIONAL RESOURCES PROGRAM.—The Secretary shall 
(directly or through grant or contract) carry out a program that, 
through toll-free telecommunications, makes available to the public 
information regarding the adoption of children with special needs. 
Such information shall include the following: 
"(1) A list of national. State, and regional organizations 
that provide services regarding such adoptions, including 
exchanges and other information on communicating with the 
organizations. The list shall represent the full national diversity 
of adoption organizations. 
"(2) Information beneficial to individuals who adopt such 
children, including lists of support groups for adoptive parents 
and other postadoptive services. 
"(c) OTHER PROGRAMS.—^With respect to the adoption of children 
with special needs, the Secretary shall make grants— 
"(1) to provide assistance to support groups for adoptive 
parents, adopted children, and siblings of adopted children; 
and 
"(2) to carry out studies to identify— 
"(A) the barriers to completion of the adoption process; 
and 
"(B) those components that lead to favorable long-term 
outcomes for families that adopt children with special 
needs. 
"(d) APPLICATION FOR GRANT.—The Secretary may make an 
award of a grant or contract under this section only if an application 
for the award is submitted to the Secretary and the application 
is in such form, is made in such manner, and contains such agree-
ments, assurances, and information as the Secretary determines 
to be necessary to carry out this section. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1137 
"(e) FUNDING.—For the purpose of carrying out this section, 
there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be 
necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.". 
TITLE XIII—TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY 
SEC. 
1301. PROGRAMS OF CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND 
PREVENTION. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Section 393A of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 280b-lb) is amended— 
(1) in subsection (b)— 
(A) in paragraph (1), by striking "and" at the end; 
(B) in paragraph (2), by striking the period and 
inserting "; and"; and 
(C) by adding at the end the following: 
"(3) the implementation of a national education and aware-
ness campaign regarding such injury (in conjunction with the 
program of the Secretary regarding health-status goals for 2010, 
commonly referred to as Healthy People 2010), including— 
"(A) the national dissemination of information on— 
"(i) incidence and prevalence; and 
"(ii) information relating to traumatic brain injury 
and the sequelae of secondary conditions arising from 
traumatic brain injury upon discharge from hospitals 
and trauma centers; and 
"(B) the provision of information in primary care set-
tings, including emergency rooms and trauma centers, con-
cerning the availability of State level services 
and 
resources."; 
(2) in subsection (d)— 
(A) in the second sentence, by striking "anoxia due 
to near drowning." and inserting "anoxia due to trauma."; 
and 
(B) in the third sentence, by inserting before the period 
the following: ", after consultation with States and other 
appropriate public or nonprofit private entities". 
(b) NATIONAL REGISTRY.—Part J of title III of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280b et seq.) is amended by inserting after 
section 393A the following section: 
" N A T I O N A L PROGRAM FOR TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY REGISTRIES 
"SEC 393B. (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting through 
42 USC 280t^ic. 
the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 
may make grants to States or their designees to operate the State's 
traumatic brain injury registry, and to academic institutions to 
conduct applied research that will support the development of such 
registries, to collect data concerning— 
"(1) demographic information about each traumatic brain 
injury; 
"(2) information about the circumstances surrounding the 
injury event associated with each traumatic brain injury; 
"(3) administrative information about the source of the 
collected information, dates of hospitalization and treatment, 
and the date of injury; and 
"(4) information characterizing the clinical aspects of the 
traumatic brain injury, including the severity of the injury, 
114 STAT. 1138 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
outcomes of the injury, the types of treatments received, and 
the types of services utilized.". 
SEC. 1302. STUDY AND MONITOR INCIDENCE AND PREVALENCE. 
Section 4 of PubHc Law 104-166 (42 U.S.C. 300d-61 note) 
is amended— 
(1) in subsection (a)(1)(A)— 
(A) by striking clause (i) and inserting the following: 
"(i)(I) determine the incidence and prevalence of 
traumatic brain injury in all age groups in the general 
population of the United States, including institutional 
settings; and 
"(11) determine appropriate methodological strate-
gies to obtain data on the incidence and prevalence 
of mild traumatic brain injury and report to Congress 
concerning such within 18 months of the date of the 
enactment of the Children's Health Act of 2000; and"; 
; 
and 
(B) in clause (ii), by striking ", if the Secretary deter-
mines that such a system is appropriate"; 
(2) in subsection (a)(l)(B)(i), by inserting ", including return 
to work or school and community participation," after "func-
tioning"; and 
(3) in subsection (d), to read as follows: 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.". 
SEC. 1303. PROGRAMS OF NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH. 
(a) INTERAGENCY PROGRAM.—Section 1261(d)(4) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-61(d)(4)) is amended— 
(1) in subparagraph (A), by striking "degree of injury" 
and inserting "degree of brain injury"; 
(2) in subparagraph (B), by striking "acute injury" and 
inserting "acute brain injury"; and 
(3) in subparagraph (D), by striking "injury treatment" 
and inserting "brain injury treatment". 
(b) DEFINITION.—Section 1261(h)(4) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-61(h)(4)) is amended— 
(1) in the second sentence, by striking "anoxia due to near 
drowning." and inserting "anoxia due to trauma."; and 
(2) in the third sentence, by inserting before the period 
the following: ", after consultation with States and other appro-
priate public or nonprofit private entities". 
(c) RESEARCH ON COGNITIVE AND NEUROBEHAVIORAL DISORDERS 
ARISING FROM TRAUMATIC BRAIN INJURY.—Section 1261(d)(4) of 
the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-61(d)(4)) is 
amended— 
(1) in subparagraph (C), by striking "and" after the semi-
colon at the end; 
(2) in subparagraph (D), by striking the period at the 
end and inserting "; and"; and 
(3) by adding at the end the following: 
"(E) carrying out subparagraphs (A) through (D) with 
respect to cognitive disorders and neurobehavioral con-
sequences arising from traumatic brain injury, including 
the development, modification, and evaluation of therapies 
and programs of rehabilitation toward reaching or restoring 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1139 
normal capabilities in areas such as reading, comprehen-
sion, speech, reasoning, and deduction.". 
(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 1261 of 
the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-61) is amended by adding 
at the end the following: 
"(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
SEC. 
1304. PROGRAMS OF HEALTH RESOURCES AND SERVICES 
ADMINISTRATION. 
Section 1252 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300d-
51) is amended— 
42 USC 300d-52. 
(1) in the section heading by striking "demonstration"; 
(2) in subsection (a), by striking "demonstration"; 
(3) in subsection (b)(3)— 
(A) in subparagraph (A)(iv), by striking "representing 
traumatic brain injury survivors" and inserting "rep-
resenting individuals with traumatic brain injury"; and 
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking "who are survivors 
of and inserting "with"; 
(4) in subsection (c)— 
(A) in paragraph (1), by striking ", in cash,"; and 
(B) in paragraph (2), by amending the paragraph to 
read as follows: 
"(2) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT CONTRIBUTED.—^Non-Fed-
eral contributions under paragraph (1) may be in cash or in 
kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. 
Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services 
assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal 
Government, may not be included in determining the amount 
of such contributions."; 
(5) by redesignating subsections (e) through (h) as sub-
sections (g) through (j), respectively; 
(6) by inserting after subsection (d) the following sub-
sections: 
"(e) CONTINUATION OF PREVIOUSLY AWARDED DEMONSTRATION 
PROJECTS.—^A State that received a grant under this section prior 
to the date of the enactment of the Children's Health Act of 2000 
may compete for new project grants under this section after such 
date of the enactment. 
"(f) USE OF STATE GRANTS.— 
"(1) COMMUNITY SERVICES AND SUPPORTS.—^A State shall 
(directly or through awards of contracts to nonprofit private 
entities) use amounts received under a grant under this section 
for the following: 
"(A) To develop, change, or enhance community-based 
service delivery systems that include timely access to com-
prehensive appropriate services and supports. Such service 
and supports— 
"(i) shall promote full participation by individuals 
with brain injury and their families in decision making 
regarding the services and supports; and 
"(ii) shall be designed for children and other 
individuals with traumatic brain injury. 
79-194 O - 00 - 9 : QL 3 Part 2 
114 STAT. 1140 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(B) To focus on outreach to underserved and inappro-
priately served individuals, such as individuals in institu-
tional 
settings, 
individuals 
with 
low 
socioeconomic 
resources, individuals in rural communities, and individ-
uals in culturally and linguistically diverse communities. 
"(C) To award contracts to nonprofit entities for con-
sumer or family service access training, consumer support, 
peer mentoring, and parent to parent programs. 
"(D) To develop individual and family service coordina-
tion or case management systems. 
"(E) To support other needs identified by the advisory 
board under subsection (b) for the State involved. 
"(2) B E S T PRACTICES.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—State services and supports pro-
vided under a grant under this section shall reflect the 
best practices in the field of traumatic brain injury, shall 
be in compliance with title II of the Americans with Disabil-
ities Act of 1990, and shall be supported by quality assur-
ance measures as well as state-of-the-art health care and 
integrated community supports, regardless of the severity 
of injury. 
"(B) DEMONSTRATION BY STATE AGENCY.—^The State 
agency responsible for administering amounts received 
under a grant under this section shall demonstrate that 
it has obtained knowledge and expertise of traumatic brain 
injury and the unique needs associated with traumatic 
brain injury. 
"(3) STATE CAPACITY BUILDING.—^A State may use amounts 
received under a grant under this section to— 
"(A) educate consumers and families; 
"(B) train professionals in public and private sector 
financing (such as third party payers. State agencies, 
community-based providers, schools, and educators); 
"(C) develop or improve case management or service 
coordination systems; 
"(D) develop best practices in areas such as family 
or consumer support, return to work, housing or supportive 
living personal assistance services, assistive technology and 
devices, behavioral health services, substance abuse serv-
ices, and traumatic brain injury treatment and rehabilita-
tion; 
"(E) tailor existing State systems to provide accom-
modations to the needs of individuals with brain injury 
(including systems administered by the State departments 
responsible for health, mental health, labor/employment, 
education, mental retardation/developmental disorders, 
transportation, and correctional systems); 
"(F) improve data sets coordinated across systems and 
other needs identified by a State plan supported by its 
advisory council; and 
"(G) develop capacity within targeted communities."; 
(7) in subsection (g) (as so redesignated), by striking "agen-
cies of the Public Health Service" and inserting "Federal agen-
cies"; 
(8) in subsection (i) (as redesignated by paragraph (3))— 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1141 
(A) in the second sentence, by striking "anoxia due 
to near drowning." and inserting "anoxia due to trauma."; 
and 
(B) in the third sentence, by inserting before the period 
the following: ", after consultation with States and other 
appropriate public or nonprofit private entities"; and 
(9) in subsection (j) (as so redesignated), by amending 
the subsection to read as follows: 
"(j) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
SEC. 1305. STATE GRANTS FOR PROTECTION AND ADVOCACY SERV-
ICES. 
Part E of title XII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
300d-51 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 1253. STATE GRANTS FOR PROTECTION AND ADVOCACY SERV- 
42 USC 300d-53. 
ICES. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting through the Adminis-
trator of the Health Resources and Services Administration 
(referred to in this section as the Administrator'), shall make grants 
to protection and advocacy systems for the purpose of enabling 
such systems to provide services to individuals with traumatic 
brain injury. 
"(b) SERVICES PROVIDED.—Services provided under this section 
may include the provision of— 
"(1) information, referrals, and advice; 
"(2) individual and family advocacy; 
"(3) legal representation; and 
"(4) specific assistance in self-advocacy. 
"(c) APPLICATION.—^To be eligible to receive a grant under this 
section, a protection and advocacy system shall submit an applica-
tion to the Administrator at such time, in such form and manner, 
and accompanied by such information and assurances as the 
Administrator may require. 
"(d) APPROPRIATIONS LESS THAN $2,700,000.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^With respect to any fiscal year in which 
the amount appropriated under subsection (i) to carry out this 
section is less than $2,700,000, the Administrator shall make 
grants from such amount to individual protection and advocacy 
systems within States to enable such systems to plan for, 
develop outreach strategies for, and carry out services author-
ized under this section for individuals with traumatic brain 
injury. 
"(2) AMOUNT.—The amount of each grant provided under 
paragraph (1) shall be determined as set forth in paragraphs 
(2) and (3) of subsection (e). 
"(e) APPROPRIATIONS OF $2,700,000 OR MORE.— 
"(1) POPULATION BASIS.—Except as provided in paragraph 
(2), with respect to each fiscal year in which the amount appro-
priated under subsection (i) to carry out this section is 
$2,700,000 or more, the Administrator shall make a grant 
to a protection and advocacy system within each State. 
"(2) AMOUNT.—^The amount of a grant provided to a system 
under paragraph (1) shall be equal to an amount bearing the 
same ratio to the total amount appropriated for the fiscal 
114 STAT. 1142 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
year involved under subsection (i) as the population of the 
State in which the grantee is located bears to the population 
of all States. 
"(3) MiNlMUMS.—Subject to the availability of appropria-
tions, the amount of a grant a protection and advocacy system 
under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year shall— 
"(A) in the case of a protection and advocacy system 
located in American Samoa, Guam, the United States 
Virgin Islands, or the Commonwealth of the Northern Mar-
iana Islands, and the protection and advocacy system 
serving the American Indian consortium, not be less than 
$20,000; and 
"(B) in the case of a protection and advocacy system 
in a State not described in subparagraph (A), not be less 
than $50,000. 
"(4) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—For each fiscal year in which 
the total amount appropriated under subsection (i) to carry 
out this section is $5,000,000 or more, and such appropriated 
amount exceeds the total amount appropriated to carry out 
this section in the preceding fiscal year, the Administrator 
shall increase each of the minimum grants amount described 
in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (3) by a percentage 
* 
equal to the percentage increase in the total amount appro-
priated under subsection (i) to carry out this section between 
the preceding fiscal year and the fiscal year involved. 
"(f) 
CARRYOVER.—^Any amount paid to a protection and 
advocacy system that serves a State or the American Indian consor-
tium for a fiscal year under this section that remains unobligated 
at the end of such fiscal year shall remain available to such system 
for obligation during the next fiscal year for the purposes for which 
such amount was originally provided. 
"(g) DIRECT PAYMENT.—^Notwithstanding any other provision 
of law, the Administrator shall pay directly to any protection and 
advocacy system that complies with the provisions of this section, 
the total amount of the grant for such system, unless the system 
provides otherwise for such payment. 
"(h) ANNUAL REPORT.—Each protection and advocacy system 
that receives a payment under this section shall submit an annual 
report to the Administrator concerning the services provided to 
individuals with traumatic brain injury by such system. 
"(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each the fiscal 
years 2002 through 2005. 
"(j) DEFINITIONS.—In this section: 
"(1) AMERICAN INDIAN CONSORTIUM.—^The term 'American 
Indian consortium' means a consortium established under part 
C of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance Bill of Rights 
Act (42 U.S.C. 6042 et seq.). 
"(2) PROTECTION AND ADVOCACY SYSTEM.—^The term 'protec-
tion and advocacy system' means a protection and advocacy 
system established under part C of the Developmental Disabil-
ities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act (42 U.S.C. 6042 et 
seq.). 
"(3) STATE.—The term 'State', unless otherwise specified, 
means the several States of the United States, the District 
of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the United 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1143 
States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the 
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.". 
SEC. 1306. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR CERTAIN PRO-
GRAMS. 
Section 394A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280b-
3) is amended by striking "and" after "1994" and by inserting 
before the period the following: ", and such sums as may be nec-
essary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.". 
TITLE XIV—CHILD CARE SAFETY AND 
HEALTH GRANTS 
SEC. 1401. DEFINITIONS. 
42 USC 9859. 
In this title: 
(1) CHILD WITH A DISABILITY; INFANT OR TODDLER WITH 
A DISABILITY.—The terms "child with a disability" and "infant 
or toddler with a disability" have the meanings given the terms 
in sections 602 and 632 of the Individuals with Disabilities 
Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1401 and 1431). 
(2) ELIGIBLE CHILD CARE PROVIDER.—^The term "eligible 
child care provider" means a provider of child care services 
for compensation, including a provider of care for a school-
age child during non-school hours, that— 
(A) is licensed, regulated, registered, or otherwise 
legally operating, under State and local law; and 
(B) satisfies the State and local requirements, 
applicable to the child care services the provider provides. 
(3) SECRETARY.—The term "Secretary" means the Secretary 
of Health and Human Services. 
(4) STATE.—^The term "State" means any of the several 
States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the 
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin 
Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of 
the Northern Mariana Islands. 
SEC. 1402. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS. 
42 USC 9859a. 
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this title 
$200,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be nec-
essary for each subsequent fiscal year. 
SEC. 1403. PROGRAMS. 
42 USC 9859b. 
The Secretary shall make allotments to eligible States under 
section 1404. The Secretary shall make the allotments to enable 
the States to establish programs to improve the health and safety 
of children receiving child care outside the home, by preventing 
illnesses and injuries associated with that care and promoting the 
health and well-being of children receiving that care. 
SEC. 1404. AMOUNTS RESERVED; ALLOTMENTS. 
42 USC 9859c. 
(a) AMOUNTS RESERVED.—The Secretary shall reserve not more 
than one-half of 1 percent of the amount appropriated under section 
1402 for each fiscal year to make allotments to Guam, American 
Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, and the Commonwealth 
of the Northern Mariana Islands to be allotted in accordance with 
their respective needs. 
(b) STATE ALLOTMENTS.— 
114 STAT. 1144 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
(1) GENERAL RULE.—From the amounts appropriated under 
section 1402 for each fiscal year and remaining after reserva-
tions are made under subsection (a), the Secretary shall allot 
to each State an amount equal to the sum of— 
(A) an amount that bears the same ratio to 50 percent 
of such remainder as the product of the young child factor 
of the State and the allotment percentage of the State 
bears to the sum of the corresponding products for all 
States; and 
(B) an amount that bears the same ratio to 50 percent 
of such remainder as the product of the school lunch factor 
of the State and the allotment percentage of the State 
bears to the sum of the corresponding products for all 
States. 
(2) YOUNG CHILD FACTOR.—In this subsection, the term 
"young child factor" means the ratio of the number of children 
under 5 years of age in a State to the number of such children 
in all States, as provided by the most recent annual estimates 
of population in the States by the Census Bureau of the Depart-
ment of Commerce. 
(3) SCHOOL LUNCH FACTOR.—In this subsection, the term 
"school lunch factor" means the ratio of the number of children 
who are receiving free or reduced price lunches under the 
school lunch program established under the National School 
Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1751 et seq.) in the State to the number 
of such children in all States, as determined annually by the 
Department of Agriculture. 
(4) ALLOTMENT PERCENTAGE.— 
(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection, the 
allotment percentage for a State shall be determined by 
dividing the per capita income of all individuals in the 
United States, by the per capita income of all individuals 
in the State. 
(B) LIMITATIONS.—If an allotment percentage deter-
mined under subparagraph (A) for a State— 
(i) is more than 1.2 percent, the allotment percent-
age of the State shall be considered to be 1.2 percent; 
and 
(ii) is less than 0.8 percent, the allotment percent-
age of the State shall be considered to be 0.8 percent. 
(C) PER CAPITA INCOME.—For purposes of subpara-
graph (A), per capita income shall be— 
(i) determined at 2-year intervals; 
(ii) applied for the 2-year period beginning on 
October 1 of the first fiscal year beginning after the 
date such determination is made; and 
(iii) equal to the average of the annual per capita 
incomes for the most recent period of 3 consecutive 
years for which satisfactory data are available from 
the Department of Commerce on the date such deter-
mination is made. 
(c) DATA AND INFORMATION.—The Secretary shall obtain from 
each appropriate Federal agency, the most recent data and informa-
tion necessary to determine the allotments provided for in sub-
section (b). 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1145 
(d) DEFINITION.—In this section, the term "State" includes only 
the several States of the United States, the District of Columbia, 
and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. 
SEC. 1405. STATE APPLICATIONS. 
42 USC 9859d. 
To be eligible to receive an allotment under section 1404, a 
State shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may require. The application shall contain information assessing 
the needs of the State with regard to child care health and safety, 
the goals to be achieved through the program carried out by the 
State under this title, and the measures to be used to assess 
the progress made by the State toward achieving the goals. 
SEC. 1406. USE OF FUNDS. 
42 USC 9859e. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—^A State that receives an allotment under 
section 1404 shall use the funds made available through the allot-
ment to carry out two or more activities consisting of— 
(1) providing training and education to eligible child care 
providers on preventing injuries and illnesses in children, and 
promoting health-related practices; 
(2) strengthening licensing, regulation, or registration 
standards for eligible child care providers; 
(3) assisting eligible child care providers in meeting 
licensing, regulation, or registration 
standards, 
including 
rehabilitating the facilities of the providers, in order to bring 
the facilities into compliance with the standards; 
(4) enforcing licensing, regulation, or registration standards 
for eligible child care providers, including holding increased 
unannounced inspections of the facilities of those providers; 
(5) providing health consultants to provide advice to eligible 
child care providers; 
(6) assisting eligible child care providers in enhancing the 
ability of the providers to serve children with disabilities and 
infants and toddlers with disabilities; 
(7) conducting criminal background checks for eligible child 
care providers and other individuals who have contact with 
children in the facilities of the providers; 
(8) providing information to parents on what factors to 
consider in choosing a safe and healthy child care setting; 
or 
(9) assisting in improving the safety of transportation prac-
tices for children enrolled in child care programs with eligible 
child care providers. 
(b) SUPPLEMENT, NOT SUPPLANT.—Funds appropriated pursu-
ant to the authority of this title shall be used to supplement 
and not supplant other Federal, State, and local public funds 
expended to provide services for eligible individuals. 
SEC. 1407. REPORTS. 
42 USC 9859f. 
Each State that receives an allotment under section 1404 shall 
annually prepare and submit to the Secretary a report that 
describes— 
(1) the activities carried out with funds made available 
through the allotment; and 
(2) the progress made by the State toward achieving the 
goals described in the application submitted by the State under 
section 1405. 
114 STAT. 1146 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
TITLE XV—HEALTHY START INITIATIVE 
SEC. 1501. CONTINUATION OF HEALTHY START PROGRAM. 
Subpart I of part D of title III of the Public Health Service 
Act, as amended by section 1211 of this Act, is amended by adding 
at the end the following section: 
42 u s e 254C-8. 
"SEC. 330H. HEALTHY START FOR INFANTS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.— 
"(1) CONTINUATION AND EXPANSION OF PROGRAM.—The Sec-
retary, acting through the Administrator of the Health 
Resources and Services Administration, Maternal and Child 
Health Bureau, shall under authority of this section continue 
in effect the Healthy Start Initiative and may, during fiscal 
year 2001 and subsequent years, carry out such program on 
a national basis. 
"(2) DEFINITION.—For purposes of paragraph (1), the term 
'Healthy Start Initiative' is a reference to the program that, 
as an initiative to reduce the rate of infant mortality and 
improve perinatal outcomes, makes grants for project areas 
with high annual rates of infant mortality and that, prior 
to the effective date of this section, was a demonstration pro-
gram carried out under section 301. 
"(3) ADDITIONAL GRANTS.—Effective upon increased funding 
beyond fiscal year 1999 for such Initiative, additional grants 
may be made to States to assist communities with technical 
assistance, replication of successful projects, and State policy 
formation to reduce infant and maternal mortality and mor-
bidity. 
"(b) REQUIREMENTS FOR MAKING GRANTS.—In making grants 
under subsection (a), the Secretary shall require that applicants 
(in addition to meeting all eligibility criteria established by the 
Secretary) establish, for project areas under such subsection, 
community-based 
consortia of individuals and organizations 
(including agencies responsible for administering block grant pro-
grams under title V of the Social Security Act, consumers of project 
services, public health departments, hospitals, health centers under 
section 330, and other significant sources of health care services) 
that are appropriate for participation in projects under subsection 
(a). 
"(c) COORDINATION.—Recipients of grants under subsection (a) 
shall coordinate their services and activities with the State agency 
or agencies that administer block grant programs under title V 
of the Social Security Act in order to promote cooperation, integra-
tion, and dissemination of information with Statewide systems and 
with other community services funded under the Maternal and 
Child Health Block Grant. 
"(d) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Except to the extent inconsistent 
with this section, this section may not be construed as affecting 
the authority of the Secretary to make modifications in the program 
carried out under subsection (a). 
"(e) ADDITIONAL SERVICES FOR AT-RISK PREGNANT WOMEN AND 
INFANTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary may make grants to con-
duct and support research and to provide additional health 
care services for pregnant women and infants, including grants 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1147 
to increase 
access to prenatal 
care, genetic 
counseling, 
ultrasound services, and fetal or other surgery. 
"(2) ELIGIBLE PROJECT AREA.—The Secretary may make 
a grant under paragraph (1) only if the geographic area in 
which services under the grant will be provided is a geographic 
area in which a project under subsection (a) is being carried 
out, and if the Secretary determines that the grant will add 
to or expand the level of health services available in such 
area to pregnant women and infants. 
"(3) EVALUATION BY GENERAL ACCOUNTING OFFICE.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—During fiscal year 2004, the Comp-
troller General of the United States shall conduct an 
evaluation of activities under grants under paragraph (1) 
in order to determine whether the activities have been 
effective in serving the needs of pregnant women with 
respect to services described in such paragraph. The evalua-
tion shall include an analysis of whether such activities 
have been effective in reducing the disparity in health 
status between the general population and individuals who 
are members of racial or ethnic minority groups. Not later Deadline, 
than January 10, 2004, the Comptroller General shall 
submit to the Committee on Commerce in the House of 
Representatives, and to the Committee on Health, Edu-
cation, Labor, and Pensions in the Senate, a report 
describing the findings of the evaluation. 
"(B) RELATION TO GRANTS REGARDING ADDITIONAL SERV-
ICES FOR AT-RISK PREGNANT WOMEN AND INFANTS.—Before 
the date on which the evaluation under subparagraph (A) 
is submitted in accordance with such subparagraph— 
"(i) the Secretary shall ensure that there are not 
more than five grantees under paragraph (1); and 
"(ii) an entity is not eligible to receive grants under 
such paragraph unless the entity has substantial 
experience in providing the health services described 
in such paragraph. 
"(f) FUNDING.— 
"(1) GENERAL PROGRAM.— 
"(A) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the pur-
pose of carrying out this section (other than subsection 
(e)), there are authorized to be appropriated such sums 
as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005. 
"(B) ALLOCATIONS.— 
"(i) PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION.—Of the amounts 
appropriated under subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year, 
the Secretary may reserve up to 5 percent for coordina-
tion, dissemination, technical assistance, and data 
activities that are determined by the Secretary to be 
appropriate for carrying out the program under this 
section. 
"(ii) EVALUATION.—Of the amounts appropriated 
under subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year, the Secretary 
may reserve up to 1 percent for evaluations of projects 
carried out under subsection (a). Each such evaluation 
shall include a determination of whether such projects 
have been effective in reducing the disparity in health 
114 STAT. 1148 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
status between the general population and individuals 
who are members of racial or ethnic minority groups. 
"(2) ADDITIONAL SERVICES FOR AT-RISK PREGNANT WOMEN 
AND INFANTS.— 
"(A) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the pur-
pose of carrying out subsection (e), there are authorized 
to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for 
each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. 
"(B) 
ALLOCATION 
FOR 
COMMUNITY-BASED 
MOBILE 
HEALTH 
UNITS.—Of the amounts 
appropriated 
under 
subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
make available not less than 10 percent for providing serv-
ices under subsection (e) (including ultrasound services) 
through visits by mobile units to communities that are 
eligible for services under subsection (a).". 
TITLE XVI—ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION 
AND DISEASE PREVENTION 
42 use 247b- 
SEC. 1601. IDENTIFICATION OF INTERVENTIONS THAT REDUCE THE 
14a. 
BURDEN AND TRANSMISSION OF ORAL, DENTAL, AND 
CRANIOFACIAL DISEASES IN H I G H R I S K POPULATIONS; 
DEVELOPMENT OF APPROACHES FOR PEDIATRIC ORAL 
AND CRANIOFACIAL ASSESSMENT. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary of Health and Human Services, 
through the Maternal and Child Health Bureau, the Indian Health 
Service, and in consultation with the National Institutes of Health 
and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall— 
(1) support community-based research that is designed to 
improve understanding of the etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, 
prevention, and treatment of pediatric oral, dental, craniofacial 
diseases and conditions and their sequelae in high risk popu-
lations; 
(2) support demonstrations of preventive interventions in 
high risk populations including nutrition, parenting, and 
feeding techniques; and 
(3) develop clinical approaches to assess individual patients 
for the risk of pediatric dental disease. 
(b) COMPLIANCE WITH STATE PRACTICE LAWS.—Treatment and 
other services shall be provided pursuant to this section by licensed 
dental health professionals in accordance with State practice and 
licensing laws. 
(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out 
this section for each the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. 
SEC. 1602. ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION. 
Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 911 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 
317L the following section: 
"ORAL HEALTH PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION 
42 use 247b-14. 
" S E C . 317M. (a) GRANTS TO INCREASE RESOURCES FOR COMMU-
NITY WATER FLUORIDATION.— 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1149 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 
may make grants to States and Indian tribes for the purpose 
of increasing the resources available for community water 
fluoridation. 
"(2) USE OF FUNDS.—^A State shall use amounts provided 
under a grant under paragraph (1)— 
"(A) to purchase fluoridation equipment; 
"(B) to train fluoridation engineers; 
"(C) to develop educational materials on the benefits 
of fluoridation; or 
"(D) to support the infrastructure necessary to monitor 
and maintain the quality of water fluoridation. 
"(b) COMMUNITY WATER FLUORIDATION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through the 
Establishment. 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention 
and in collaboration with the Director of the Indian Health 
Service, shall establish a demonstration project that is designed 
to assist rural water systems in successfully implementing the 
water fluoridation guidelines of the Centers for Disease Control 
and Prevention that are entitled 'Engineering and Administra-
tive Recommendations for Water Fluoridation, 1995' (referred 
to in this subsection as the 'EARWF'). 
"(2) REQUIREMENTS.— 
"(A) COLLABORATION.—In collaborating under para-
graph (1), the Directors referred to in such paragraph 
shall ensure that technical assistance and training are 
provided to tribal programs located in each of the 12 areas 
of the Indian Health Service. The Director of the Indian 
Health Service shall provide coordination and administra-
tive support to tribes under this section. 
"(B) GENERAL USE OF FUNDS.—^Amounts made available 
under paragraph (1) shall be used to assist small water 
systems in improving the effectiveness of water fluoridation 
and to meet the recommendations of the EARWF. 
"(C) FLUORIDATION SPECIALISTS.— 
"(i) IN GENERAL.—In carrying out this subsection, 
the Secretary shall provide for the establishment of 
fluoridation specialist engineering positions in each of 
the Dental Clinical and Preventive Support Centers 
through which technical assistance and training will 
be provided to tribal water operators, tribal utility 
operators and other Indian Health Service personnel 
working directly with fluoridation projects. 
"(ii) LIAISON.—^A fluoridation specialist shall serve 
as the principal technical liaison between the Indian 
Health Service and the Centers for Disease Control 
and Prevention with respect to engineering and fluori-
dation issues. 
"(iii) CDC—The Director of the Centers for Dis-
ease Control and Prevention shall appoint individuals 
to serve as the fluoridation specialists. 
"(D) IMPLEMENTATION.—The project established under 
this subsection shall be planned, implemented and evalu-
ated over the 5-year period beginning on the date on which 
funds are appropriated under this section and shall be 
114 STAT. 1150 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
designed to serve as a model for improving the effectiveness 
of water fluoridation systems of small rural communities. 
"(3) EVALUATION.—In conducting the ongoing evaluation 
as provided for in paragraph (2)(D), the Secretary shall ensure 
that such evaluation includes— 
"(A) the measurement of changes in water fluoridation 
compliance levels resulting from assistance provided under 
this section; 
"(B) the identification of the administrative, technical 
and operational challenges that are unique to the fluorida-
tion of small water systems; 
"(C) the development of a practical model that may 
be easily utilized by other tribal, State, county or local 
governments in improving the quality of water fluoridation 
with emphasis on small water systems; and 
"(D) the measurement of any increased percentage of 
Native Americans or Alaskan Natives who receive the bene-
fits of optimally fluoridated water. 
"(c) SCHOOL-BASED DENTAL SEALANT PROGRAM.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention 
and in collaboration with the Administrator of the Health 
Resources and Services Administration, may award grants to 
States and Indian tribes to provide for the development of 
school-based dental sealant programs to improve the access 
of children to sealants. 
"(2) USE OF FUNDS.—^A State shall use amounts received 
under a grant under paragraph (1) to provide funds to eligible 
school-based entities or to public elementary or secondary 
schools to enable such entities or schools to provide children 
with access to dental care and dental sealant services. Such 
services shall be provided by licensed dental health profes-
sionals in accordance with State practice licensing laws. 
"(3) ELIGIBILITY.—^To be eligible to receive funds under 
paragraph (1), an entity shall— 
"(A) prepare and submit to the State an application 
at such time, in such manner and containing such informa-
tion as the State may require; and 
"(B) be a public elementary or secondary school— 
"(i) that is located in an urban area in which 
and more than 50 percent of the student population 
is participating in Federal or State free or reduced 
meal programs; or 
"(ii) that is located in a rural area and, with respect 
to the school district in which the school is located, 
the district involved has a median income that is at 
or below 235 percent of the poverty line, as defined 
in section 673(2) of the Community Services Block 
Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)). 
"(d) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section, the term 'Indian 
tribe' means an Indian tribe or tribal organization as defined in 
section 4(b) and section 4(c) of the Indian Self-Determination and 
Education Assistance Act. 
"(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1151 
SEC. 1603. COORDINATED PROGRAM TO IMPROVE PEDIATRIC ORAL 
HEALTH. 
Part B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 243 et 
seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: 
"COORDINATED 
PROGRAM 
TO 
IMPROVE 
PEDIATRIC 
ORAL 
HEALTH 
"SEC. 320A. (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting through 
the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administra-
tion, shall establish a program to fund innovative oral health activi-
ties that improve the oral health of children under 6 years of 
age who are eligible for services provided under a Federal health 
program, to increase the utilization of dental services by such 
children, and to decrease the incidence of early childhood and 
baby bottle tooth decay. 
"(b) GRANTS.—The Secretary shall award grants to or enter 
into contracts with public or private nonprofit schools of dentistry 
or accredited dental training institutions or programs, community 
dental programs, and programs operated by the Indian Health 
Service (including federally recognized Indian tribes that receive 
medical services from the Indian Health Service, urban Indian 
health programs funded under title V of the Indian Health Care 
Improvement Act, and tribes that contract with the Indian Health 
Service pursuant to the Indian Self-Determination and Education 
Assistance Act) to enable such schools, institutions, and programs 
to develop programs of oral health promotion, to increase training 
of oral health services providers in accordance with State practice 
laws, or to increase the utilization of dental services by eligible 
children. 
"(c) DISTRIBUTION.—In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, ensure an equitable 
national geographic distribution of the grants, including areas of 
the United States where the incidence of early childhood caries 
is highest. 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section $10,000,000 for each 
the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.". 
TITLE XVII—VACCINE-RELATED 
PROGRAMS 
Subtitle A—^Vaccine Compensation 
Program 
42 u s e 247d-l. 
Contracts. 
SEC. 1701. CONTENT OF PETITIONS. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Section 2111(c)(1)(D) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa-l 1(c)(1)(D)) is amended by striking 
"and" at the end and inserting "or (iii) suffered such illness, dis-
ability, injury, or condition from the vaccine which resulted in 
inpatient hospitalization and surgical intervention, and". 
(b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by subsection (a) 
takes effect upon the date of the enactment of this Act, including 
with respect to petitions under section 2111 of the Public Health 
Service Act that are pending on such date. 
42 u s e 300aa-
11 note. 
114 STAT. 1152 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Subtitle B—Childhood Immunizations 
SEC. 1711. CHILDHOOD IMMUNIZATIONS. 
Section 317(j)(l) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
247b(j)(l)) is amended in the first sentence by striking "1998" 
and all that follows and inserting "1998 through 2005.". 
TITLE XVIII—HEPATITIS C 
SEC. 1801. SURVEILLANCE AND EDUCATION REGARDING HEPATITIS 
C. 
Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 1602 of this Act, is amended by inserting after section 
317M the following section: 
"SURVEILLANCE AND EDUCATION REGARDING HEPATITIS C VIRUS 
42 use 247b-l5. 
"SEC. 317N. (a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through 
the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 
may (directly and through grants to public and nonprofit private 
entities) provide for programs to carry out the following: 
"(1) To cooperate with the States in implementing a 
national system to determine the incidence of hepatitis C virus 
infection (in this section referred to as 'HCV infection') and 
to assist the States in determining the prevalence of such 
infection, including the reporting of chronic HCV cases. 
"(2) To identify, counsel, and offer testing to individuals 
who are at risk of HCV infection as a result of receiving 
blood transfusions prior to July 1992, or as a result of other 
risk factors. 
"(3) To provide appropriate referrals for counseling, testing, 
and medical treatment of individuals identified under para-
graph (2) and to ensure, to the extent practicable, the provision 
of appropriate follow-up services. 
"(4) To develop and disseminate public information and 
education programs for the detection and control of HCV infec-
tion, with priority given to high risk populations as determined 
by the Secretary. 
"(5) To improve the education, training, and skills of health 
professionals in the detection and control of HCV infection, 
with priority given to pediatricians and other primary care 
physicians, and obstetricians and gynecologists. 
"(b) LABORATORY PROCEDURES.—^The Secretary may (directly 
and through grants to public and nonprofit private entities) carry 
out programs to provide for improvements in the quality of clinical-
laboratory procedures regarding hepatitis C, including reducing 
variability in laboratory results on hepatitis C antibody and PCR 
testing. 
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1153 
TITLE XIX—NIH INITIATIVE ON 
AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES 
SEC. 1901. AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES; INITIATIVE THROUGH DIRECTOR 
OF NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH. 
Part B of title IV of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
284 et seq.), as amended by section 1001 of this Act, is amended 
by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 409E. AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES. 
42 USC 284i. 
"(a) 
EXPANSION, 
INTENSIFICATION, 
AND 
COORDINATION 
OF 
ACTIVITIES.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Director of NIH shall expand, inten-
sify, and coordinate research and other activities of the National 
Institutes of Health with respect to autoimmune diseases. 
"(2) ALLOCATIONS BY DIRECTOR OF NIH.—^With respect to 
amounts appropriated to carry out this section for a fiscal 
year, the Director of NIH shall allocate the amounts among 
the national research institutes that are carrying out paragraph 
(1). 
"(3) DEFINITION.—The term 'autoimmune disease' includes, 
for purposes of this section such diseases or disorders with 
evidence of autoimmune pathogensis as the Secretary deter-
mines to be appropriate. 
"(b) COORDINATING COMMITTEE.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall ensure that the 
Autoimmune Diseases Coordinating Committee (referred to in 
this section as the 'Coordinating Committee') coordinates activi-
ties across the National Institutes and with other Federal 
health programs and activities relating to such diseases. 
"(2) COMPOSITION.—^The Coordinating Committee shall be 
composed of the directors or their designees of each of the 
national research institutes involved in research with respect 
to autoimmune diseases and representatives of all other Federal 
departments and agencies whose programs involve health func-
tions or responsibilities relevant to such diseases, including 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Food 
and Drug Administration. 
"(3) CHAIR.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—^With respect to autoimmune dis-
eases, the Chair of the Committee shall serve as the prin-
cipal advisor to the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary for 
Health, and the Director of NIH, and shall provide advice 
to the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and 
Prevention, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, and other 
relevant agencies. 
"(B) DIRECTOR OF Nin.^The Chair of the Committee 
shall be directly responsible to the Director of NIH. 
"(c) PLAN FOR NIH ACTIVITIES.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^Not later than 1 year after the date Deadline, 
of the enactment of this section, the Coordinating Committee 
shall develop a plan for conducting and supporting research 
and education on autoimmune diseases through the national 
research institutes and shall periodically review and revise 
the plan. The plan shall— 
114 STAT. 1154 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(A) provide for a broad range of research and edu-
cation activities relating to biomedical, psychosocial, and 
rehabilitative issues, including studies of the dispropor-
tionate impact of such diseases on women; 
"(B) identify priorities among the programs and activi-
ties of the National Institutes of Health regarding such 
diseases; and 
"(C) reflect input from a broad range of scientists, 
patients, and advocacy groups. 
"(2) CERTAIN ELEMENTS OF PLAN.—The plan under para-
graph (1) shall, with respect to autoimmune diseases, provide 
for the following as appropriate: 
"(A) Research to determine the reasons underlying the 
incidence and prevalence of the diseases. 
"(B) Basic research concerning the etiology and causes 
of the diseases. 
"(C) Epidemiological studies to address the frequency 
and natural history of the diseases, including any dif-
ferences among the sexes and among racial and ethnic 
groups. 
"(D) The development of improved screening tech-
niques. 
"(E) Clinical research for the development and evalua-
tion of new treatments, including new biological agents. 
"(F) Information and education programs for health 
care professionals and the public. 
"(3) IMPLEMENTATION OF PLAN.—The Director of NIH shall 
ensure that programs and activities of the National Institutes 
of Health regarding autoimmune diseases are implemented in 
accordance with the plan under paragraph (1). 
"(d) REPORTS TO CONGRESS.—^The Coordinating Committee 
under subsection (b)(1) shall biennially submit to the Committee 
on Commerce of the House of Representatives, and the Committee 
on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions of the Senate, a report 
that describes the research, education, and other activities on auto-
immune diseases being conducted or supported through the national 
research institutes, and that in addition includes the following: 
"(1) The plan under subsection (c)(1) (or revisions to the 
plan, as the case may be). 
"(2) Provisions specifying the amounts expended by the 
National Institutes of Health with respect to each of the auto-
immune diseases included in the plan. 
"(3) Provisions identifying particular projects or types of 
projects that should in the future be considered by the national 
research institutes or other entities in the field of research 
on autoimmune diseases. 
"(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005. The authorization of appropriations established in 
the preceding sentence is in addition to any other authorization 
of appropriations that is available for conducting or supporting 
through the National Institutes of Health research and other activi-
ties with respect to autoimmune diseases.". 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1155 
TITLE XX—GRADUATE MEDICAL EDU-
CATION PROGRAMS IN CHILDREN'S 
HOSPITALS 
SEC. 2001. PROVISIONS TO REVISE AND EXTEND PROGRAM. 
(a) PAYMENTS.—Section 340E(a) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(a)) is amended— 
(1) by striking "and 2001" and inserting "through 2005"; 
and 
(2) by adding at the end the following: "The Secretary Regulations, 
shall promulgate regulations pursuant to the rulemaking 
requirements of title 5, United States Code, which shall govern 
payments made under this subpart.". 
(b) UPDATING RATES.—Section 340E(c)(2)(F) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(c)(2)(F)) is amended by striking 
"hospital's cost reporting period that begins during fiscal year 2000" 
and inserting "Federal fiscal year for which pa5mients are made". 
(c) 
RESIDENT 
COUNT 
FOR 
INTERIM 
PAYMENTS.—Section 
340E(e)(l) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(e)(l)) 
is amended by adding at the end the following: "Such interim 
payments to each individual hospital shall be based on the number 
of residents reported in the hospital's most recently filed Medicare 
cost report prior to the application date for the Federal fiscal 
year for which the interim payment amounts are established. In 
the case of a hospital that does not report residents on a Medicare 
cost report, such interim payments shall be based on the number 
of residents trained during the hospital's most recently completed 
Medicare cost report filing period.". 
(d) WITHHOLDING.—Section 340E(e)(2) of the PubUc Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(e)(2)) is amended— 
(1) by adding "and indirect" after "direct"; and 
(2) by adding at the end the following: "The Secretary 
shall withhold up to 25 percent from each interim installment 
for direct and indirect graduate medical education paid under 
paragraph (1) as necessary to ensure a hospital will not be 
overpaid on an interim basis.". 
(e) RECONCILIATION.—Section 340E(e)(3) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(e)(3)) is amended to read as follows: 
"(3) RECONCILIATION.—Prior to the end of each fiscal year, 
the Secretary shall determine any changes to the number of 
residents reported by a hospital in the application of the hos-
pital for the current fiscal year to determine the final amount 
payable to the hospital for the current fiscal year for both 
direct expense and indirect expense amounts. Based on such 
determination, the Secretary shall recoup any overpayments 
made to pay any balance due to the extent possible. The final 
amount so determined shall be considered a final intermediary 
determination for the purposes of section 1878 of the Social 
Security Act and shall be subject to administrative and judicial 
review under that section in the same manner as the amount 
of payment under section 1186(d) of such Act is subject to 
review under such section.". 
(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 340E(f) of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(f)) is amended— 
(1) in paragraph (1)(A)— 
114 STAT. 1156 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
(A) in clause (i), by striking "and" at the end; 
(B) in clause (ii), by striking the period and inserting 
"; and"; and 
(C) by adding at the end the following: 
"(iii) for each of the fiscal years 2002 through 
2005, such sums as may be necessary."; and 
(2) in paragraph (2)— 
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking "and" at the end; 
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period and 
inserting "; and"; and 
(C) by adding at the end the following: 
"(C) for each of the fiscal years 2002 through 2005, 
such sums as may be necessary.". 
(g) DEFINITION OF CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL.—Section 340E(g)(2) 
of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256e(g)(2)) is amended 
by striking "described in" and all that follows and inserting the 
following: "with a Medicare payment agreement and which is 
excluded from the Medicare inpatient prospective payment system 
pursuant to section 1886(d)(l)(B)(iii) of the Social Security Act 
and its accompanying regulations.". 
TITLE XXI—SPECIAL NEEDS OF CHIL-
DREN REGARDING 
ORGAN TRANS-
PLANTATION 
SEC. 2101. ORGAN PROCUREMENT AND TRANSPLANTATION NETWORK; 
AMENDMENTS REGARDING NEEDS OF CHILDREN. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Section 372(b)(2) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 274(b)(2)) is amended— 
(1) in subparagraph (J), by striking "and" at the end; 
(2) in each of subparagraphs (K) and (L), by striking the 
period and inserting a comma; and 
(3) by adding at the end the following subparagraphs: 
"(M) recognize the differences in health and in organ 
transplantation 
issues 
between 
children 
and 
adults 
throughout the system and adopt criteria, polices, and 
procedures that address the unique health care needs of 
children, 
"(N) carry out studies and demonstration projects for 
the purpose of improving procedures for organ donation 
procurement and allocation, including but not limited to 
projects to examine and attempt to increase transplantation 
among populations with special needs, including children 
and individuals who are members of racial or ethnic 
minority groups, and among populations with limited 
access to transportation, and 
"(O) provide that for purposes of this paragraph, the 
term 'children' refers to individuals who are under the 
age of 18.". 
42 u s e 273 note. 
(b) STUDY REGARDING IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE DRUGS.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary of Health and Human 
Services (referred to in this subsection as the "Secretary") shall 
provide for a study to determine the costs of immunosuppressive 
drugs that are provided to children pursuant to organ trans-
plants and to determine the extent to which health plans and 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1157 
health insurance cover such costs. The Secretary may carry 
out the study directly or through a grant to the Institute 
of Medicine (or other public or nonprofit private entity). 
(2) RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING CERTAIN ISSUES.—^The 
Secretary shall ensure that, in addition to making determina-
tions under paragraph (1), the study under such paragraph 
makes recommendations regarding the following issues: 
(A) The costs of immunosuppressive drugs that are 
provided to children pursuant to organ transplants and 
to determine the extent to which health plans, health insur-
ance and government programs cover such costs. 
(B) The extent of denial of organs to be released for 
transplant by coroners and medical examiners. 
(C) The special growth and developmental issues that 
children have pre- and post-organ transplantation. 
(D) Other issues that are particular to the special 
health and transplantation needs of children. 
(3) REPORT.—The Secretary shall ensure that, not later Deadline, 
than December 31, 2001, the study under paragraph (1) is 
completed and a report describing the findings of the study 
is submitted to the Congress. 
TITLE XXII—MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY 
RESEARCH 
SEC. 2201. MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY RESEARCH. 
Part B of title IV of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 1901 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end 
the following: 
"MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY RESEARCH 
"SEC. 409F. (a) COORDINATION OF ACTIVITIES.—The Director 42USC284j. 
of NIH shall expand and increase coordination in the activities 
of the National Institutes of Health with respect to research on 
muscular dystrophies, including Duchenne muscular dystrophy. 
"(b) 
ADMINISTRATION OF PROGRAM; COLLABORATION AMONG 
AGENCIES.—^The Director of NIH shall carry out this section through 
the appropriate institutes, including the National Institute of 
Neurological Disorders and Stroke and in collaboration with any 
other agencies that the Director determines appropriate. 
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out 
this section for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. Amounts 
appropriated under this subsection shall be in addition to any 
other amounts appropriated for such purpose.". 
TITLE XXIII—CHILDREN AND 
TOURETTE SYNDROME AWARENESS 
SEC. 2301. GRANTS REGARDING TOURETTE SYNDROME. 
Part A of title XI of the Public Health Service Act is amended 
by adding at the end the following section: 
114 STAT. 1158 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"TOURETTE SYNDROME 
42USC300b-7. 
"SEC. 1108. (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall develop and 
implement outreach programs to educate the public, health care 
providers, educators and community based organizations about the 
etiology, symptoms, diagnosis and treatment of Tourette Syndrome, 
with a particular emphasis on children with Tourette Syndrome. 
Such programs may be carried out by the Secretary directly and 
through awards of grants or contracts to public or nonprofit private 
entities. 
"(b) CERTAIN ACTIVITIES.—^Activities under subsection (a) shall 
include— 
"(1) the production and translation of educational mate-
rials, including public service announcements; 
"(2) the development of training material for health care 
providers, educators and community based organizations; and 
"(3) outreach efforts directed at the misdiagnosis and 
underdiagnosis of Tourette Syndrome in children and in 
minority groups. 
"(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 
through 2005.". 
TITLE XXIV—CHILDHOOD OBESITY 
PREVENTION 
SEC. 2401. PROGRAMS OPERATED THROUGH THE CENTERS FOR DIS-
EASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION. 
Title III of the PubUc Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 241 et 
seq.), as amended by section 1101 of this Act, is amended by 
adding at the end the following part: 
"PART Q—PROGRAMS TO IMPROVE THE 
HEALTH OF CHILDREN 
42 u s e 280h. 
"SEC. 399W. GRANTS TO PROMOTE CHILDHOOD NUTRITION AND PHYS-
ICAL ACTIVITY. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting though the Director 
of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall award 
competitive grants to States and political subdivisions of States 
for the development and implementation of State and community-
based intervention programs to promote good nutrition and physical 
activity in children and adolescents. 
"(b) ELIGIBILITY.—To be eligible to receive a grant under this 
section a State or political subdivision of a State shall prepare 
and submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such 
manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require, including a plan that describes— 
"(1) how the applicant proposes to develop a comprehensive 
program of school- and community-based approaches to encour-
age and promote good nutrition and appropriate levels of phys-
ical activity with respect to children or adolescents in local 
communities; 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1159 
"(2) the manner in which the appHcant shall coordinate 
with appropriate State and local authorities, such as State 
and local school departments. State departments of health, 
chronic disease directors. State directors of programs under 
section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 5-a-day coordina-
tors, governors councils for physical activity and good nutrition, 
and State and local parks and recreation departments; and 
"(3) the manner in which the applicant will evaluate the 
effectiveness of the program carried out under this section. 
"(c) USE OF FUNDS.—^A State or political subdivision of a State 
shall use amount received under a grant under this section to— 
"(1) develop, implement, disseminate, and evaluate school-
and community-based strategies in States to reduce inactivity 
and improve dietary choices among children and adolescents; 
"(2) expand opportunities for physical activity programs 
in school- and community-based settings; and 
"(3) develop, implement, and evaluate programs that pro-
mote good eating habits and physical activity including 
opportunities for children with cognitive and physical disabil-
ities. 
"(d) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—^The Secretary may set-aside an 
amount not to exceed 10 percent of the amount appropriated for 
a fiscal year under subsection (h) to permit the Director of the 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to— 
"(1) provide States and political subdivisions of States with 
technical support in the development and implementation of 
programs under this section; and 
"(2) disseminate information about effective strategies and 
interventions in preventing and treating obesity through the 
promotion of good nutrition and physical activity. 
"(e) LIMITATION ON ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.—Not to exceed 10 
percent of the amount of a grant awarded to the State or political 
subdivision under subsection (a) for a fiscal year may be used 
by the State or political subdivision for administrative expenses. 
"(f) TERM.—^A grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be 
for a term of 3 years. 
"(g) DEFINITION.—In this section, the term 'children and adoles-
cents' means individuals who do not exceed 18 years of age. 
"(h) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. 
"SEC. 399X. APPLIED RESEARCH PROGRAM. 
42 USC 280h-l. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through the Centers 
for Disease Control and Prevention and in consultation with the 
Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall— 
"(1) conduct research to better understand the relationship 
between physical activity, diet, and health and factors that 
influence health-related behaviors; 
"(2) develop and evaluate strategies for the prevention and 
treatment of obesity to be used in community-based interven-
tions and by health professionals; 
"(3) develop and evaluate strategies for the prevention and 
treatment of eating disorders, such as anorexia and bulimia; 
"(4) conduct research to establish the prevalence, con-
sequences, and costs of childhood obesity and its effects in 
adulthood; 
114 STAT. 1160 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(5) identify behaviors and risk factors that contribute to 
obesity; 
"(6) evaluate materials and programs to provide nutrition 
education to parents and teachers of children in child care 
or pre-school and the food service staff of such child care 
and pre-school entities; and 
"(7) evaluate materials and programs that are designed 
to educate and encourage physical activity in child care and 
pre-school facilities. 
"(b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. 
42 use 280h-2. 
"SEC. 399Y. EDUCATION CAMPAIGN. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through the Director 
of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and in collabora-
tion with national. State, and local partners, physical activity 
organizations, nutrition experts, and health professional organiza-
tions, shall develop a national public campaign to promote and 
educate children and their parents concerning— 
"(1) the health risks associated with obesity, inactivity, 
and poor nutrition; 
"(2) ways in which to incorporate physical activity into 
daily living; and 
"(3) the benefits of good nutrition and strategies to improve 
eating habits. 
"(b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. 
42 use 280h-3. 
"SEC. 399Z. HEALTH PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, acting through the Director 
of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in collaboration 
with the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services 
Administration and the heads of other agencies, and in consultation 
with appropriate health professional associations, shall develop and 
carry out a program to educate and train health professionals 
in effective strategies to— 
"(1) better identify and assess patients with obesity or 
an eating disorder or patients at-risk of becoming obese or 
developing an eating disorder; 
"(2) counsel, refer, or treat patients with obesity or an 
eating disorder; and 
"(3) educate patients and their families about effective 
strategies to improve dietary habits and establish appropriate 
levels of physical activity. 
"(b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.". 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1161 
TITLE XXV—EARLY DETECTION AND 
TREATMENT REGARDING CHILDHOOD 
LEAD POISONING 
SEC. 2501. CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION 
EFFORTS TO COMBAT CHILDHOOD LEAD POISONING. 
(a) 
REQUIREMENTS 
FOR 
LEAD 
POISONING 
PREVENTION 
GRANTEES.—Section 317A of the Public Health Service Act (42 
U.S.C. 247b-l) is amended— 
(1) in subsection (d)— 
(A) by redesignating paragraph (7) as paragraph (8); 
and 
(B) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following: 
"(7) Assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that the 
applicant will ensure complete and consistent reporting of all 
blood lead test results from laboratories and health care pro-
viders to State and local health departments in accordance 
with guidelines of the Centers for Disease Control and Preven-
tion for standardized reporting as described in subsection (m)."; 
and 
(2) in subsection (j)(2)— 
(A) in subparagraph (F) by striking "(E)" and inserting 
"(F)"; 
(B) by redesignating subparagraph (F) as subparagraph 
(G); and 
(C) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the following: 
"(F) The number of grantees that have established 
systems to ensure mandatory reporting of all blood lead 
tests from laboratories and health care providers to State 
and local health departments.". 
(b) GUIDELINES FOR STANDARDIZED REPORTING.—Section 317A 
of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247b-l) is amended 
by adding at the end the following: 
"(m) GUIDELINES FOR STANDARDIZED REPORTING.—The Sec-
retary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Con-
trol and Prevention, shall develop national guidelines for the uni-
form reporting of all blood lead test results to State and local 
health departments.". 
(c) DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF EFFECTIVE DATA 
42USC247b-i 
MANAGEMENT BY THE CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVEN- note. 
TION.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Director of the Centers for Disease 
Control and Prevention shall— 
(A) assist with the improvement of data linkages 
between State and local health departments and between 
State health departments and the Centers for Disease Con-
trol and Prevention; 
(B) assist States with the development of flexible, com-
prehensive State-based data management systems for the 
surveillance of children with lead poisoning that have the 
capacity to contribute to a national data set; 
(C) assist with the improvement of the ability of State-
based data management systems and federally-funded 
means-tested public benefit programs (including the special 
supplemental food program for women, infants and children 
114 STAT. 1162 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
(WIC) under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 
(42 U.S.C. 1786) and the early head start program under 
section 645A of the Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9840a(h)) 
to respond to ad hoc inquiries and generate progress reports 
regarding the lead blood level screening of children enrolled 
in those programs; 
(D) assist States with the establishment of a capacity 
for assessing how many children enrolled in the Medicaid, 
WIC, early head start, and other federally-funded means-
tested public benefit programs are being screened for lead 
poisoning at age-appropriate intervals; 
(E) use data obtained as result of activities under 
this section to formulate or revise existing lead blood 
screening and case management policies; and 
(F) establish performance measures for evaluating 
State and local implementation of the requirements and 
improvements described in subparagraphs (A) through (E). 
(2) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are author-
ized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection such sums 
as may be necessary for each the fiscal years 2001 through 
2005. 
(3) EFFECTIVE DATE.—^This subsection takes effect on the 
date of the enactment of this Act. 
SEC. 2502. GRANTS FOR LEAD POISONING RELATED ACTIVITIES. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Part B of title III of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 243 et seq.), as amended by section 1801 of this 
Act, is amended by inserting after section 317N the following sec-
tion: 
"GRANTS FOR LEAD POISONING RELATED ACTIVITIES 
42 use 247b-16. 
" S E C . 3170. (a) AUTHORITY TO MAKE GRANTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall make grants to 
States to support public health activities in States and localities 
where data suggests that at least 5 percent of preschool-age 
children have an elevated blood lead level through— 
"(A) effective, ongoing outreach and community edu-
cation targeted to families most likely to be at risk for 
lead poisoning; 
"(B) individual family education activities that are 
designed to reduce ongoing exposures to lead for children 
with elevated blood lead levels, including through home 
visits and coordination with other programs designed to 
identify and treat children at risk for lead poisoning; and 
"(C) the development, coordination and implementation 
of community-based approaches for comprehensive lead poi-
soning prevention from surveillance to lead hazard control. 
"(2) STATE MATCH.—^A State is not eligible for a grant 
under this section unless the State agrees to expend (through 
State or local funds) $1 for every $2 provided under the grant 
to carry out the activities described in paragraph (1). 
"(3) APPLICATION.—^To be eligible to receive a grant under 
this section, a State shall submit an application to the Secretary 
in such form and manner and containing such information 
as the Secretary may require. 
"(b) COORDINATION WITH OTHER CHILDREN'S PROGRAMS.—A 
State shall identify in the application for a grant under this section 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1163 
how the State will coordinate operations and activities under the 
grant with— 
"(1) other programs operated in the State that serve chil-
dren with elevated blood lead levels, including any such pro-
grams operated under title V, XIX, or XXI of the Social Security 
Act; and 
"(2) one or more of the following— 
"(A) the child welfare and foster care and adoption 
assistance programs under parts B and E of title IV of 
such Act; 
"(B) the head start program established under the 
Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.); 
"(C) the program of assistance under the special supple-
mental nutrition program for women, infants and children 
(WIC) under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 
(42 U.S.C. 1786); 
"(D) local public and private elementary or secondary 
schools; or 
"(E) public housing agencies, as defined in section 3 
of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437a). 
"(c) PERFORMANCE MEASURES.—The Secretary shall establish 
needs indicators and performance measures to evaluate the activi-
ties carried out under grants awarded under this section. Such 
indicators shall be commensurate with national measures of 
maternal and child health programs and shall be developed in 
consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control 
and Prevention. 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005.". 
(b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 340D(c)(l) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256d(c)(l)) is amended by striking 
"317E" and inserting "317F". 
SEC. 2503. TRAINING AND REPORTS BY THE HEALTH RESOURCES AND 
42 USC 247b-3a. 
SERVICES ADMINISTRATION. 
(a) TRAINING.—The Secretary of Health and Human Services, 
acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and 
Services Administration and in collaboration with the Administrator 
of the Health Care Financing Administration and the Director 
of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall conduct 
education and training programs for physicians and other health 
care providers regarding childhood lead poisoning, current screening 
and treatment recommendations and requirements, and the sci-
entific, medical, and public health basis for those policies. 
(b) REPORT.—^The Secretary of Health and Human Services, 
acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and 
Services Administration, annually shall report to Congress on the 
number of children who received services through health centers 
established under section 330 of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 254b) and received a blood lead screening test during 
the prior fiscal year, noting the percentage that such children 
represent as compared to all children who received services through 
such health centers. 
(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
be necessary for each the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. 
114 STAT. 1164 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
SEC. 2504. SCREENINGS, REFERRALS, AND EDUCATION REGARDING 
LEAD POISONING. 
Section 317A(1)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
247b-l(l)(l)) is amended by striking "1994" and all that follows 
and inserting "1994 through 2005.". 
TITLE XXVI—SCREENING FOR 
HERITABLE DISORDERS 
SEC. 2601. PROGRAM TO IMPROVE THE ABILITY OF STATES TO PRO-
VIDE NEWBORN AND CHILD SCREENING FOR HERITABLE 
DISORDERS. 
Part A of title XI of the Public Health Service Act, as amended 
by section 2301 of this Act, is amended by adding at the end 
the following: 
42 u s e 300b-8. 
"SEC. 1109. IMPROVED NEWBORN AND CHILD SCREENING FOR HERI-
TABLE DISORDERS. 
Grants. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall award grants to eligible 
entities to enhance, improve or expand the ability of State and 
local public health agencies to provide screening, counseling or 
health care services to newborns and children having or at risk 
for heritable disorders. 
"(b) USE OF FUNDS.—^Amounts provided under a grant awarded 
under subsection (a) shall be used to— 
"(1) establish, expand, or improve systems or programs 
to provide screening, counseling, testing or specialty services 
for newborns and children at risk for heritable disorders; 
"(2) establish, expand, or improve programs or services 
to reduce mortality or morbidity from heritable disorders; 
"(3) establish, expand, or improve systems or programs 
to provide information and counseling on available therapies 
for newborns and children with heritable disorders; 
"(4) improve the access of medically underserved popu-
lations to screening, counseling, testing and specialty services 
for newborns and children having or at risk for heritable dis-
orders; or 
"(5) conduct such other activities as may be necessary 
to enable newborns and children having or at risk for heritable 
disorders to receive screening, counseling, testing or specialty 
services, regardless of income, race, color, religion, sex, national 
origin, age, or disability. 
"(c) ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.—^To be eligible to receive a grant under 
subsection (a) an entity shall— 
"(1) be a State or political subdivision of a State, or a 
consortium of two or more States or political subdivisions of 
States; and 
"(2) prepare and submit to the Secretary an application 
that includes— 
"(A) a plan to use amounts awarded under the grant 
to meet specific health status goals and objectives relative 
to heritable disorders, including attention to needs of medi-
cally underserved populations; 
"(B) a plan for the collection of outcome data or other 
methods of evaluating the degree to which amounts 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1165 
awarded under this grant will be used to achieve the goals 
and objectives identified under subparagraph (A); 
"(C) a plan for monitoring and ensuring the quality 
of services provided under the grant; 
"(D) an assurance that amounts awarded under the 
grant will be used only to implement the approved plan 
for the State; 
"(E) an assurance that the provision of services under 
the plan is coordinated with services provided under pro-
grams implemented in the State under title V, XVIII, XIX, 
XX, or XXI of the Social Security Act (subject to Federal 
regulations applicable to such programs) so that the cov-
erage of services under such titles is not substantially 
diminished by the use of granted funds; and 
"(F) such other information determined by the Sec-
retary to be necessary. 
"(d) LIMITATION.—^An eligible entity may not use amounts 
received under this section to— 
"(1) provide cash payments to or on behalf of affected 
individuals; 
"(2) provide inpatient services; 
"(3) purchase land or make capital improvements to prop-
erty; or 
"(4) provide for proprietary research or training. 
"(e) VOLUNTARY PARTICIPATION.—^The participation by any indi-
vidual in any program or portion thereof established or operated 
with funds received under this section shall be wholly voluntary 
and shall not be a prerequisite to eligibility for or receipt of any 
other service or assistance from, or to participation in, another 
Federal or State program. 
"(f) SUPPLEMENT NOT SUPPLANT.—Funds appropriated under 
this section shall be used to supplement and not supplant other 
Federal, State, and local public funds provided for activities of 
the type described in this section. 
"(g) PUBLICATION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^An application submitted under sub-
section (c)(2) shall be made public by the State in such a 
manner as to facilitate comment from any person, including 
through hearings and other methods used to facilitate com-
ments from the public. 
"(2) COMMENTS.—Comments received by the State after 
the publication described in paragraph (1) shall be addressed 
in the application submitted under subsection (c)(2). 
"(h) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary shall provide to 
entities receiving grants under subsection (a) such technical assist-
ance as may be necessary to ensure the quality of programs con-
ducted under this section. 
"(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. 
"SEC. 1110. EVALUATING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF NEWBORN AND 
42 USC 300b-9. 
CHILD SCREENING PROGRAMS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall award grants to eligible 
entities to provide for the conduct of demonstration programs to 
evaluate the effectiveness of screening, counseling or health care 
114 STAT. 1166 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
services in reducing the morbidity and mortality caused by heritable 
disorders in newborns and children. 
"(b) DEMONSTRATION PROGRAMS.—^A demonstration program 
conducted under a grant under this section shall be designed to 
evaluate and assess, within the jurisdiction of the entity receiving 
such grant— 
"(1) the effectiveness of screening, counseling, testing or 
specialty services for newborns and children at risk for heritable 
disorders in reducing the morbidity and mortality associated 
with such disorders; 
"(2) the effectiveness of screening, counseling, testing or 
specialty services in accurately and reliably diagnosing heri-
table disorders in newborns and children; or 
"(3) the availability of screening, counseling, testing or 
specialty services for newborns and children at risk for heritable 
disorders. 
"(c) ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.—To be eligible to receive a grant under 
subsection (a) an entity shall be a State or political subdivision 
of a State, or a consortium of two or more States or political 
subdivisions of States. 
42 use 300b-10. 
"SEC. 1111. ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON HERITABLE DISORDERS IN 
NEWBORNS AND CHILDREN. 
"(a) ESTABLISHMENT.—^The Secretary shall establish an advisory 
committee to be known as the Advisory Committee on Heritable 
Disorders in Newborns and Children' (referred to in this section 
as the Advisory Committee'). 
"(b) DUTIES.—^The Advisory Committee shall— 
"(1) provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary 
concerning grants and projects awarded or funded under section 
1109; 
"(2) provide technical information to the Secretary for the 
development of policies and priorities for the administration 
of grants under section 1109; and 
"(3) provide such recommendations, advice or information 
as may be necessary to enhance, expand or improve the ability 
of the Secretary to reduce the mortality or morbidity from 
heritable disorders. 
"(c) MEMBERSHIP.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall appoint not to exceed 
15 members to the Advisory Committee. In appointing such 
members, the Secretary shall ensure that the total membership 
of the Advisory Committee is an odd number. 
"(2) REQUIRED MEMBERS.—The Secretary shall appoint to 
the Advisory Committee under paragraph (1)— 
"(A) the Administrator of the Health Resources and 
Services Administration; 
"(B) the Director of the Centers for Disease Control 
and Prevention; 
"(C) the Director of the National Institutes of Health; 
"(D) the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research 
and Quality; 
"(E) medical, technical, or scientific professionals with 
special expertise in heritable disorders, or in providing 
screening, counseling, testing or specialty services for 
newborns and children at risk for heritable disorders; 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1167 
"(F) members of the public having special expertise 
about or concern with heritable disorders; and 
"(G) representatives from such Federal agencies, public 
health constituencies, and medical professional societies 
as determined to be necessary by the Secretary, to fulfill 
the duties of the Advisory Committee, as established under 
subsection (b).". 
TITLE XXVII—PEDIATRIC RESEARCH 
PROTECTIONS 
SEC. 2701. REQUIREMENT FOR ADDITIONAL PROTECTIONS FOR CHIL- 
42 USC 289 note. 
DREN INVOLVED IN RESEARCH. 
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, not later than 
6 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary 
of Health and Human Services shall require that all research 
involving children that is conducted, supported, or regulated by 
the Department of Health and Human Services be in compliance 
with subpart D of part 46 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations. 
TITLE XXVIII—MISCELLANEOUS 
PROVISIONS 
SEC. 2801. REPORT REGARDING RESEARCH ON RARE DISEASES IN Deadline. 
CHILDREN. 
Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of 
this Act, the Director of the National Institutes of Health shall 
submit to the Congress a report on— 
(1) the activities that, during fiscal year 2000, were con-
ducted and supported by such Institutes with respect to rare 
diseases 
in 
children, 
including 
Friedreich's 
ataxia 
and 
Hutchinson-Gilford progeria syndrome; and 
(2) the activities that are planned to be conducted and 
supported by such Institutes with respect to such diseases 
during the fiscal years 2001 through 2005. 
SEC. 2802. STUDY ON METABOLIC DISORDERS. 
42 USC 285c 
(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary of Health and Human Services 
(in this section referred to as the "Secretary) shall, in consultation 
with relevant experts or through the Institute of Medicine, study 
issues related to treatment of PKU and other metabolic disorders 
for children, adolescents, and adults, and mechanisms to assure 
access to effective treatment, including special diets, for children 
and others with PKU and other metabolic disorders. Such mecha-
nisms shall be evidence-based and reflect the best scientific knowl-
edge regarding effective treatment and prevention of disease 
progression. 
(b) DISSEMINATION OF RESULTS.—Upon completion of the study 
referred to in subsection (a), the Secretary shall disseminate and 
otherwise make available the results of the study to interested 
groups and organizations, including insurance commissioners, 
employers, private insurers, health care professionals. State and 
local public health agencies, and State agencies that carry out 
the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act 
114 STAT. 1168 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
or the State children's health insurance program under title XXI 
of such Act. 
(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may 
be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2003. 
TITLE XXIX—EFFECTIVE DATE 
42 u s e 201 note. 
SEC. 2901. EFFECTIVE DATE. 
Youth Drug and 
Mental Health 
Services Act. 
This division and the amendments made by this division take 
effect October 1, 2000, or upon the date of the enactment of this 
Act, whichever occurs later. 
DIVISION B—YOUTH DRUG AND 
MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES 
42 u s e 201 note. 
SEC. 3001. SHORT TITLE. 
This division may be cited as the "Youth Drug and Mental 
Health Services Act". 
TITLE XXXI—PROVISIONS RELATING TO 
SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND ADO-
LESCENTS 
42 u s e 290hh. 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
SEC. 3101. CHILDREN AND VIOLENCE. 
Title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa 
et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: 
"PART G—PROJECTS FOR CHILDREN AND VIOLENCE 
"SEC. 581. C H I L D R E N AND VIOLENCE. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, in consultation with the Sec-
retary of Education and the Attorney General, shall carry out 
directly or through grants, contracts or cooperative agreements 
with public entities a program to assist local communities in devel-
oping ways to assist children in dealing with violence. 
"(b) ACTIVITIES.—Under the program under subsection (a), the 
Secretary may— 
"(1) provide financial support to enable local communities 
to implement programs to foster the health and development 
of children; 
"(2) provide technical assistance to local communities with 
respect to the development of programs described in paragraph 
(1); 
"(3) provide assistance to local communities in the develop-
ment of policies to address violence when and if it occurs; 
"(4) assist in the creation of community partnerships among 
law enforcement, education systems and mental health and 
substance abuse service systems; and 
"(5) establish mechanisms for children and adolescents to 
report incidents of violence or plans by other children or adoles-
cents to commit violence. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1169 
"(c) REQUIREMENTS.—^An application for a grant, contract or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall demonstrate 
t h a t -
'll) the applicant will use amounts received to create a 
partnership described in subsection (b)(4) to address issues 
of violence in schools; 
"(2) the activities carried out by the applicant will provide 
a comprehensive method for addressing violence, that will 
include— 
"(A) security; 
"(B) educational reform; 
"(C) the review and updating of school policies; 
"(D) alcohol and drug abuse prevention and early inter-
vention services; 
"(E) mental health prevention and treatment services; 
and 
"(F) early childhood development and psychosocial 
services; and 
"(3) the applicant will use amounts received only for the 
services described in subparagraphs (D), (E), and (F) of para-
graph (2). 
"(d) GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.—^The Secretary shall ensure 
that grants, contracts or cooperative agreements under subsection 
(a) will be distributed equitably among the regions of the country 
and among urban and rural areas. 
"(e) DURATION OF AWARDS.—^With respect to a grant, contract 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a), the period during 
which payments under such an award will be made to the recipient 
may not exceed 5 years. 
"(f) EVALUATION.—The Secretary shall conduct an evaluation 
of each project carried out under this section and shall disseminate 
the results of such evaluations to appropriate public and private 
entities. 
"(g) INFORMATION AND EDUCATION.—The Secretary shall estab-
lish comprehensive information and education programs to dissemi-
nate the findings of the knowledge development and application 
under this section to the general public and to health care profes-
sionals. 
"(h) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $100,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal 
years 2002 and 2003. 
"SEC. 582. GRANTS TO ADDRESS THE PROBLEMS OF PERSONS WHO 
42 USC 290hh-l. 
EXPERIENCE VIOLENCE RELATED STRESS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall award grants, contracts Contracts. 
or cooperative agreements to public and nonprofit private entities, 
as well as to Indian tribes and tribal organizations, for the purpose 
of developing programs focusing on the behavioral and biological 
aspects of psychological trauma response and for developing knowl-
edge with regard to evidence-based practices for treating psychiatric 
disorders of children and youth resulting from witnessing or experi-
encing a traumatic event. 
"(b) PRIORITIES.—In awarding grants, contracts or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a) related to the development of 
knowledge on evidence-based practices for treating disorders associ-
ated with psychological trauma, the Secretary shall give priority 
114 STAT. 1170 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Federal Register, 
publication. 
to mental health agencies and programs that have established 
clinical and basic research experience in the field of trauma-related 
mental disorders. 
"(c) GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.—The Secretary shall ensure 
that grants, contracts or cooperative agreements under subsection 
(a) with respect to centers of excellence are distributed equitably 
among the regions of the country and among urban and rural 
areas. 
"(d) EVALUATION.—The Secretary, as part of the application 
process, shall require that each applicant for a grant, contract 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) submit a plan for 
the rigorous evaluation of the activities funded under the grant, 
contract or agreement, including both process and outcomes evalua-
tion, and the submission of an evaluation at the end of the project 
period. 
"(e) DURATION OF AWARDS.—With respect to a grant, contract 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a), the period during 
which pa5niients under such an award will be made to the recipient 
may not exceed 5 years. Such grants, contracts or agreements 
may be renewed. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $50,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal 
years 2002 and 2003.". 
SEC. 3102. EMERGENCY RESPONSE. 
Section 501 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa) 
is amended— 
(1) by redesignating subsection (m) as subsection (o); 
(2) by inserting after subsection (1) the following: 
"(m) EMERGENCY RESPONSE.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^Notwithstanding section 504 and except 
as provided in paragraph (2), the Secretary may use not to 
exceed 2.5 percent of all amounts appropriated under this title 
for a fiscal year to make noncompetitive grants, contracts or 
cooperative agreements to public entities to enable such entities 
to address emergency substance abuse or mental health needs 
in local communities. 
"(2) EXCEPTIONS.—^Amounts appropriated under part C 
shall not be subject to paragraph (1). 
"(3) EMERGENCIES.—^The Secretary shall establish criteria 
for determining that a substance abuse or mental health emer-
gency exists and publish such criteria in the Federal Register 
prior to providing funds under this subsection. 
"(n) LIMITATION ON THE USE OF CERTAIN INFORMATION.—No 
information, if an establishment or person supplying the informa-
tion or described in it is identifiable, obtained in the course of 
activities undertaken or supported under section 505 may be used 
for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was supplied 
unless such establishment or person has consented (as determined 
under regulations of the Secretary) to its use for such other purpose. 
Such information may not be published or released in other form 
if the person who supplied the information or who is described 
in it is identifiable unless such person has consented (as determined 
under regulations of the Secretary) to its publication or release 
in other form."; and 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1171 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
(3) in subsection (o) (as so redesignated), by striking "1993" 
and all that follows through the period and inserting "2001, 
and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal 
years 2002 and 2003.". 
SEC. 3103. HIGH RISK YOUTH REAUTHORIZATION. 
Section 517(h) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
290bb-23(h)) is amended by striking "$70,000,000" and all that 
follows through "1994" and inserting "such sums as may be nec-
essary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2003". 
SEC. 3104. SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT SERVICES FOR CHILDREN 
AND ADOLESCENTS. 
(a) SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT SERVICES.—Subpart 1 of part 
B of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb 
et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 514. SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT SERVICES FOR CHILDREN 
42 USC 290bb-7. 
AND ADOLESCENTS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, 
or cooperative agreements to public and private nonprofit entities, 
including Native Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal 
organizations, for the purpose of providing substance abuse treat-
ment services for children and adolescents. 
"(b) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority 
to applicants who propose to— 
"(1) apply evidenced-based and cost effective methods for 
the treatment of substance abuse among children and adoles-
cents; 
"(2) coordinate the provision of treatment services with 
other social service agencies in the community, including edu-
cational, juvenile justice, child welfare, and mental health agen-
cies; 
"(3) provide a continuum of integrated treatment services, 
including case management, for children and adolescents with 
substance abuse disorders and their families; 
"(4) provide treatment that is gender-specific and culturally 
appropriate; 
"(5) involve and work with families of children and adoles-
cents receiving treatment; 
"(6) provide aftercare services for children and adolescents 
and their families after completion of substance abuse treat-
ment; and 
"(7) address the relationship between substance abuse and 
violence. 
"(c) DURATION OF GRANTS.—^The Secretary shall award grants, 
contracts, or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) for periods 
not to exceed 5 fiscal years. 
"(d) APPLICATION.—^An entity desiring a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit an applica-
tion to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied 
by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require. 
"(e) EVALUATION.—^An entity that receives a grant, contract, 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit, in 
the application for such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, 
a plan for the evaluation of any project undertaken with funds 
provided under this section. Such entity shall provide the Secretary 
79-194 O - 00 - 10 : QL 3 Part 2 
114 STAT. 1172 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
with periodic evaluations of the progress of such project and such 
evaluation at the completion of such project as the Secretary deter-
mines to be appropriate. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $40,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 
2002 and 2003. 
42 use 290bb-8. 
"SEC. 514A. EARLY INTERVENTION SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND 
ADOLESCENTS. 
Grants. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, 
Contracts. 
or cooperative agreements to public and private nonprofit entities, 
including local educational agencies (as defined in section 14101 
of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
8801)), for the purpose of providing early intervention substance 
abuse services for children and adolescents. 
"(b) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority 
to applicants who demonstrate an ability to— 
"(1) screen for and assess substance use and abuse by 
children and adolescents; 
"(2) make appropriate referrals for children and adolescents 
who are in need of treatment for substance abuse; 
"(3) provide early intervention services, including coun-
seling and ancillary services, that are designed to meet the 
developmental needs of children and adolescents who are at 
risk for substance abuse; and 
"(4) develop networks with the educational, juvenile justice, 
social services, and other agencies and organizations in the 
State or local community involved that will work to identify 
children and adolescents who are in need of substance abuse 
treatment services. 
"(c) CONDITION.—In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure that 
such grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements are allocated, 
subject to the availability of qualified applicants, among the prin-
cipal geographic regions of the United States, to Indian tribes 
and tribal organizations, and to urban and rural areas. 
"(d) DURATION OF GRANTS.—^The Secretary shall award grants, 
contracts, or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) for periods 
not to exceed 5 fiscal years. 
"(e) APPLICATION.—^An entity desiring a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit an applica-
tion to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied 
by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require. 
"(f) EVALUATION.—^An entity that receives a grant, contract, 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit, in 
the application for such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, 
a plan for the evaluation of any project undertaken with funds 
provided under this section. Such entity shall provide the Secretary 
with periodic evaluations of the progress of such project and such 
evaluation at the completion of such project as the Secretary deter-
mines to be appropriate. 
"(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $20,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 
2002 and 2003.". 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1173 
(b) YOUTH INTERAGENCY CENTERS.—Subpart 3 of part B of 
title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-31 et 
seq.) is amended by adding the following: 
"SEC. 520C, YOUTH INTERAGENCY RESEARCH, TRAINING, AND TECH-
NICAL ASSISTANCE CENTERS. 
"(a) PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.—The Secretary, acting through the 
Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services 
Administration, and in consultation with the Administrator of the 
Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, the Director 
of the Bureau of Justice Assistance and the Director of the National 
Institutes of Health, shall award grants or contracts to public 
or nonprofit private entities to establish not more than four 
research, training, and technical assistance centers to carry out 
the activities described in subsection (c). 
"(b) APPLICATION.—^A public or private nonprofit entity desiring 
a grant or contract under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit 
an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
and containing such information as the Secretary may require. 
"(c) AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.—^A center established under a 
grant or contract under subsection (a) shall— 
"(1) provide training with respect to state-of-the-art mental 
health and justice-related services and successful mental health 
and substance abuse-justice collaborations that focus on chil-
dren and adolescents, to public policymakers, law enforcement 
administrators, public defenders, police, probation officers, 
judges, parole officials, jail administrators and mental health 
and substance abuse providers and administrators; 
"(2) engage in research and evaluations concerning State 
and local justice and mental health systems, including system 
redesign initiatives, and disseminate information concerning 
the results of such evaluations; 
"(3) provide direct technical assistance, including assistance 
provided through toll-free telephone numbers, concerning issues 
such as how to accommodate individuals who are being proc-
essed through the courts under the Americans with Disabilities 
Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), what types of mental 
health or substance abuse service approaches are effective 
within the judicial system, and how community-based mental 
health or substance abuse services can be more effective, 
including relevant regional, ethnic, and gender-related consider-
ations; and 
"(4) provide information, training, and technical assistance 
to State and local governmental officials to enhance the capacity 
of such officials to provide appropriate services relating to 
mental health or substance abuse. 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there is authorized to be appropriated 
$4,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary 
for fiscal years 2002 and 2003.". 
(c) PREVENTION OF ABUSE AND ADDICTION.—Subpart 2 of part 
B of title V of the PubHc Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-
21 et seq.) is amended by adding the following: 
"SEC. 
519E. PREVENTION OF METHAMPHETAMINE AND INHALANT 
ABUSE AND ADDICTION. 
"(a) GRANTS.—^The Director of the Center for Substance Abuse 
Prevention (referred to in this section as the 'Director') may make 
42 u s e 290bt^ 
34. 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
42 u s e 290bb-
25e. 
114 STAT. 1174 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
grants to and enter into contracts and cooperative agreements with 
public and nonprofit private entities to enable such entities— 
"(1) to carry out school-based programs concerning the dan-
gers of methamphetamine or inhalant abuse and addiction, 
using methods that are effective and evidence-based, including 
initiatives that give students the responsibility to create their 
own anti-drug abuse education programs for their schools; and 
"(2) to carry out community-based methamphetamine or 
inhalant abuse and addiction prevention programs that are 
effective and evidence-based. 
"(b) USE OF FUNDS.—^Amounts made available under a grant, 
contract or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall be 
used for planning, establishing, or administering methamphetamine 
or inhalant prevention programs in accordance with subsection 
(c). 
"(c) PREVENTION PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^Amounts provided under this section 
may be used— 
"(A) to carry out school-based programs that are 
focused on those districts with high or increasing rates 
of methamphetamine or inhalant abuse and addiction and 
targeted at populations which are most at risk to start 
methamphetamine or inhalant abuse; 
"(B) to carry out community-based prevention pro-
grams that are focused on those populations within the 
community that are most at-risk for methamphetamine 
or inhalant abuse and addiction; 
"(C) to assist local government entities to conduct 
appropriate methamphetamine 
or inhalant 
prevention 
activities; 
"(D) to train and educate State and local law enforce-
ment officials, prevention and education officials, members 
of community anti-drug coalitions and parents on the signs 
of methamphetamine or inhalant abuse and addiction and 
the options for treatment and prevention; 
"(E) for planning, administration, and educational 
activities related to the prevention of methamphetamine 
or inhalant abuse and addiction; 
"(F) for the monitoring and evaluation of methamphet-
amine or inhalant prevention activities, and reporting and 
disseminating resulting information to the public; and 
"(G) for targeted pilot programs with evaluation compo-
nents to encourage innovation and experimentation with 
new methodologies. 
"(2) PRIORITY.—^The Director shall give priority in making 
grants under this section to rural and urban areas that are 
experiencing a high rate or rapid increases in methamphet-
amine or inhalant abuse and addiction. 
"(d) ANALYSES AND EVALUATION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^Up to $500,000 of the amount available 
in each fiscal year to carry out this section shall be made 
available to the Director, acting in consultation with other 
Federal agencies, to support and conduct periodic analyses 
and evaluations of effective prevention programs for meth-
amphetamine or inhalant abuse and addiction and the develop-
ment of appropriate strategies for disseminating information 
about and implementing these programs. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1175 
"(2) ANNUAL REPORTS.—The Director shall submit to the 
Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and 
the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Com-
mittee on Commerce and Committee on Appropriations of the 
House of Representatives, an annual report with the results 
of the analyses and evaluation under paragraph (1). 
"(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out subsection (a), $10,000,000 for 
fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each 
of fiscal years 2002 and 2003.". 
SEC. 3105. COMPREHENSIVE COMMUNITY SERVICES FOR CHILDREN 
WITH SERIOUS EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCE. 
(a) MATCHING FUNDS.—Section 56 l(c)( 1)(D) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff(c)(l)(D)) is amended by striking "fifth" 
and inserting "fifth and sixth". 
(b) FLEXIBILITY FOR INDIAN TRIBES AND TERRITORIES.—Section 
562 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff-l) is amended 
by adding at the end the following: 
"(g) WAIVERS.—^The Secretary may waive one or more of the 
requirements of subsection (c) for a public entity that is an Indian 
Tribe or tribal organization, or American Samoa, Guam, the Mar-
shall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, the Common-
wealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic of Palau, 
or the United States Virgin Islands if the Secretary determines, 
after peer review, that the system of care is family-centered and 
uses the least restrictive environment that is clinically appro-
priate.". 
(c) DURATION OF GRANTS.—Section 565(a) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff-4(a)) is amended by striking "5 fiscal" 
and inserting "6 fiscal". 
(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 565(f)(1) of 
the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290ff-4(f )(1)) is amended 
by striking "1993" and all that follows and inserting "2001, and 
such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002 
and 2003.". 
(e) CURRENT GRANTEES.— 
42 use 290fr 
(1) IN GENERAL.—Entities with active grants under section note. 
561 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290fD on 
the date of the enactment of this Act shall be eligible to receive 
a sixth year of funding under the grant in an amount not 
to exceed the amount that such grantee received in the fifth 
year of funding under such grant. Such sixth year may be 
funded without requiring peer and Advisory Council review 
as required under section 504 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa-
3). 
(2) LIMITATION.—Paragraph (1) shall apply with respect 
to a grantee only if the grantee agrees to comply with the 
provisions of section 561 as amended by subsection (a). 
SEC. 3106. SERVICES FOR CHILDREN OF SUBSTANCE ABUSERS. 
(a) ADMINISTRATION AND ACTIVITIES.— 
(1) ADMINISTRATION.—Section 399D(a) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(a)(l)) is amended— 
(A) in paragraph (1), by striking "Administrator" and 
all that follows through "Administration" and inserting 
"Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health 
Services Administration"; and 
114 STAT. 1176 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
(B) in paragraph (2), by striking "Administrator of 
the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Adminis-
tration" and inserting "Administrator of the Health 
Resources and Services Administration". 
(2) ACTIVITIES.—Section 399D(a)(l) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(a)(l)) is amended— 
(A) in subparagraph (B), by striking "and" at the end; 
(B) in subparagraph (C), by striking the period and 
inserting the following: "through youth service agencies, 
family social services, child care providers, Head Start, 
schools and after-school programs, early childhood develop-
ment programs, community-based family resource and sup-
port centers, the criminal justice system, health, substance 
abuse and mental health providers through screenings con-
ducted during regular childhood examinations and other 
examinations, self and family member referrals, substance 
abuse treatment services, and other providers of services 
to children and families; and"; and 
(C) by adding at the end the following: 
"(D) to provide education and training to health, sub-
stance abuse and mental health professionals, and other 
providers of services to children and families through youth 
service agencies, family social services, child care. Head 
Start, schools and after-school programs, early childhood 
development programs, community-based family resource 
and support centers, the criminal justice system, and other 
providers of services to children and families.". 
(3) 
IDENTIFICATION 
OF 
CERTAIN 
CHILDREN.—Section 
399D(a)(3)(A) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
280d(a)(3)(A)) is amended— 
(A) in clause (i), by striking "(i) the entity" and 
inserting "(i)(I) the entity"; 
(B) in clause (ii)— 
(i) by striking "(ii) the entity" and inserting "(II) 
the entity"; and 
(ii) by striking the period and inserting "; and"; 
and 
(C) by adding at the end the following: 
"(ii) the entity will identify children who may be 
eligible for medical assistance under a State program 
under title XIX or XXI of the Social Security Act.". 
(b) SERVICES FOR CHILDREN.—Section 399D(b) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(b)) is amended— 
(1) in paragraph (1), by inserting "alcohol and drug," after 
"psychological,"; 
(2) by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the following: 
"(5) Developmentally and age-appropriate drug and alcohol 
early intervention, treatment and prevention services."; and 
(3) by inserting after paragraph (8), the following: 
"Services shall be provided under paragraphs (2) through (8) by 
a public health nurse, social worker, or similar professional, or 
by a trained worker from the community who is supervised by 
a professional, or by an entity, where the professional or entity 
provides assurances that the professional or entity is licensed or 
certified by the State if required and is complying with applicable 
licensure or certification requirements.". 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1177 
(c) SERVICES FOR AFFECTED FAMILIES.—Section 399D(c) of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(c)) is amended— 
(1) in paragraph (1)— 
(A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by 
inserting before the colon the following: ", or by an entity, 
where the professional or entity provides assurances that 
the professional or entity is licensed or certified by the 
State if required and is complying with applicable licensure 
or certification requirements"; and 
(B) by adding at the end the following: 
"(D) Aggressive outreach to family members with sub-
stance abuse problems. 
"(E) Inclusion of consumer in the development, 
implementation, and monitoring of Family Services Plan."; 
(2) in paragraph (2)— 
(A) by striking subparagraph (A) and inserting the 
following: 
"(A) Alcohol and drug treatment services, including 
screening and assessment, diagnosis, detoxification, indi-
vidual, group and family counseling, relapse prevention, 
pharmacotherapy treatment, after-care services, and case 
management."; 
(B) in subparagraph (C), by striking ", including edu-
cational and career planning" and inserting "and counseling 
on the human immunodeficiency virus and acquired 
immune deficiency syndrome"; 
(C) in subparagraph (D), by striking "conflict and"; 
and 
(D) in subparagraph (E), by striking "Remedial" and 
inserting "Career planning and"; and 
(3) in paragraph (3)(D), by inserting "which include child 
abuse and neglect prevention techniques" before the period. 
(d) ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.—Section 399D(d) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(d)) is amended— 
(1) by striking the matter preceding paragraph (1) and 
inserting: 
"(d) ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.—The Secretary shall distribute the 
grants through the following types of entities:"; 
(2) in paragraph (1), by striking "drug treatment" and 
inserting "drug early intervention, prevention or treatment"; 
and 
(3) in paragraph (2)— 
(A) in subparagraph (A), by striking "; and" and 
inserting "; or"; and 
(B) in subparagraph (B), by inserting "or pediatric 
health or mental health providers and family mental health 
providers" before the period. 
(e) SUBMISSION OF INFORMATION.—Section 399D(h) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(h)) is amended— 
(1) in paragraph (2)— 
(A) by inserting "including maternal and child health" 
before "mental"; 
(B) by striking "treatment programs"; and 
(C) by striking "and the State agency responsible for 
administering public maternal and child health services" 
and inserting ", the State agency responsible for admin-
istering alcohol and drug programs, the State lead agency. 
114 STAT. 1178 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
and the State Interagency Coordinating Council under part 
H of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act; and"; 
and 
(2) by striking paragraph (3) and redesignating paragraph 
(4) as paragraph (3). 
(f) REPORTS TO THE SECRETARY.—Section 399D(i)(6) of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(i)(6)) is amended— 
(1) in subparagraph (B), by adding "and" at the end; and 
(2) by striking subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) and 
inserting the following: 
"(C) the number of case workers or other professionals 
trained to identify and address substance abuse issues.". 
(g) EVALUATIONS.—Section 399D(1) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(l)) is amended— 
(1) in paragraph (3), by adding "and" at the end; 
(2) in paragraph (4), by striking the semicolon and inserting 
the following: ", including increased participation in work or 
emplojonent-related activities and decreased participation in 
welfare programs."; and 
(3) by striking paragraphs (5) and (6). 
(h) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Section 399D(m) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(m)) is amended— 
(1) in paragraph (2), by adding "and" at the end; 
(2) in paragraph (3)--
(A) in subparagraph (A), by adding "and" at the end; 
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking the semicolon 
and inserting a period; and 
(C) by striking subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E); and 
(3) by striking paragraphs (4) and (5). 
(i) DATA COLLECTION.—Section 399D(n) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(n)) is amended by adding at the end 
the following: "The periodic report shall include a quantitative 
estimate of the prevalence of alcohol and drug problems in families 
involved in the child welfare system, the barriers to treatment 
and prevention services facing these families, and policy rec-
ommendations for removing the identified barriers, including 
training for child welfare workers.". 
(j) DEFINITION.—Section 399D(o)(2)(B) of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(o)(2)(B)) is amended by striking "dan-
gerous". 
(k) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Section 399D(p) of 
the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d(p)) is amended to 
read as follows: 
"(p) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
$50,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary 
for each of fiscal years 2002 and 2003.". 
(1) GRANTS FOR TRAINING AND CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.— 
Section 399D of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d) 
is amended— 
(1) by striking subsection (f); 
(2) by striking subsection (k); 
(3) by redesignating subsections (d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (j), 
(1), (m), (n), (o), and (p) as subsections (e) through (o), respec-
tively; 
(4) by inserting after subsection (c), the following: 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1179 
"(d) TRAINING FOR PROVIDERS OF SERVICES TO CHILDREN AND 
FAMILIES.—The Secretary may make a grant under subsection (a) 
for the training of health, substance abuse and mental health 
professionals and other providers of services to children and families 
through youth service agencies, family social services, child care 
providers, Head Start, schools and after-school programs, early 
childhood development programs, community-based family resource 
centers, the criminal justice system, and other providers of services 
to children and families. Such training shall be to assist profes-
sionals in recognizing the drug and alcohol problems of their clients 
and to enhance their skills in identifying and understanding the 
nature of substance abuse, and obtaining substance abuse early 
intervention, prevention and treatment resources."; 
(5) in subsection (k)(2) (as so redesignated), by striking 
"(h)" and inserting "(i)"; and 
(6) in paragraphs (3)(E) and (5) of subsection (m) (as so 
redesignated), by striking "(d)" and inserting "(e)". 
(m) TRANSFER AND REDESIGNATION.—Section 399D of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280d), as amended by this section— 
(1) is transferred to title V; 
(2) is redesignated as section 519; and 
(3) is inserted after section 518. 
(n) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—^Title III of the Public Health 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 241 et seq.) is amended by striking the 
heading of part L. 
SEC. 3107. SERVICES FOR YOUTH OFFENDERS. 
Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3104(b), 
is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 520D. SERVICES FOR YOUTH OFFENDERS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, acting through the Director 
of the Center for Mental Health Services, and in consultation with 
the Director of the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, the 
Administrator of the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency 
Prevention, and the Director of the Special Education Programs, 
shall award grants on a competitive basis to State or local juvenile 
justice agencies to enable such agencies to provide aftercare services 
for youth offenders who have been discharged from facilities in 
the juvenile or criminal justice system and have serious emotional 
disturbances or are at risk of developing such disturbances. 
"(b) USE OF FUNDS.—^A State or local juvenile justice agency 
receiving a grant under subsection (a) shall use the amounts pro-
vided under the grant— 
"(1) to develop a plan describing the manner in which 
the agency will provide services for each youth offender who 
has a serious emotional disturbance and has been detained 
or incarcerated in facilities within the juvenile or criminal 
justice system; 
"(2) to provide a network of core or aftercare services or 
access to such services for each youth offender, including diag-
nostic and evaluation services, substance abuse treatment serv-
ices, outpatient 
mental health care services, medication 
management services, intensive home-based therapy, intensive 
day treatment services, respite care, and therapeutic foster 
care; 
42 use 290bb-
25. 
42 use 290bb-
35. 
114 STAT. 1180 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(3) to establish a program that coordinates with other 
State and local agencies providing recreational, social, edu-
cational, vocational, or operational services for youth, to enable 
the agency receiving a grant under this section to provide 
community-based system of care services for each youth 
offender that addresses the special needs of the youth and 
helps the youth access all of the aforementioned services; and 
"(4) using not more than 20 percent of funds received, 
to provide planning and transition services as described in 
paragraph (3) for youth offenders while such youth are incarcer-
ated or detained. 
"(c) APPLICATION.—^A State or local juvenile justice agency that 
desires a grant under subsection (a) shall submit an application 
to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied 
by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require. 
Deadline. 
"(d) REPORT.—Not later than 3 years after the date of the 
enactment of this section and annually thereafter, the Secretary 
shall prepare and submit, to the Committee on Health, Education, 
Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Commerce 
of the House of Representatives, a report that describes the services 
provided pursuant to this section. 
"(e) DEFINITIONS.—In this section: 
"(1) SERIOUS EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCE.—^The term 'serious 
emotional disturbance' with respect to a youth offender means 
an offender who currently, or at any time within the 1-year 
period ending on the day on which services are sought under 
this section, has a diagnosable mental, behavioral, or emotional 
disorder that functionally impairs the offender's life by substan-
tially limiting the offender's role in family, school, or community 
activities, and interfering with the offender's ability to achieve 
or maintain one or more developmentally-appropriate social, 
behavior, cognitive, communicative, or adaptive skills. 
"(2) 
COMMUNITY-BASED 
SYSTEM 
OF 
CARE.—^The 
term 
'community-based system of care' means the provision of serv-
ices for the youth offender by various State or local agencies 
that in an interagency fashion or operating as a network 
addresses the recreational, social, educational, vocational, 
mental health, substance abuse, and operational needs of the 
youth offender. 
"(3) YOUTH OFFENDER.—^The term 'youth offender' means 
an individual who is 21 years of age or younger who has 
been discharged from a State or local juvenile or criminal 
justice system, except that if the individual is between the 
ages of 18 and 21 years, such individual has had contact with 
the State or local juvenile or criminal justice system prior 
to attaining 18 years of age and is under the jurisdiction 
of such a system at the time services are sought. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section $40,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal 
years 2002 and 2003.". 
SEC. 
3108. GRANTS FOR 
STRENGTHENING FAMILIES THROUGH 
COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIPS. 
Subpart 2 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-21 et seq.) is amended by adding at the 
end the following: 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1181 
"SEC. 519A. GRANTS FOR STRENGTHENING FAMILIES. 
42 USC 290bb-
25a 
"(a) PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.—^The Secretary, acting through the 
Director of the Prevention Center, may make grants to pubHc 
and nonprofit private entities to develop and implement model 
substance abuse prevention programs to provide early intervention 
and substance abuse prevention services for individuals of high-
risk families and the communities in which such individuals reside. 
"(b) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants under subsection (a), the 
Secretary shall give priority to applicants that— 
"(1) have proven experience in preventing substance abuse 
by individuals of high-risk families and reducing substance 
abuse in communities of such individuals; 
"(2) have demonstrated the capacity to implement commu-
nity-based partnership initiatives that are sensitive to the 
diverse backgrounds of individuals of high-risk families and 
the communities of such individuals; 
"(3) have experience in providing technical assistance to 
support substance abuse prevention programs that are commu-
nity-based; 
"(4) have demonstrated the capacity to implement research-
based substance abuse prevention strategies; and 
"(5) have implemented programs that involve families, resi-
dents, community agencies, and institutions in the implementa-
tion and design of such programs. 
"(c) DURATION OF GRANTS.—The Secretary shall award grants 
under subsection (a) for a period not to exceed 5 years. 
"(d) USE OF FUNDS.—^An applicant that is awarded a grant 
under subsection (a) shall— 
"(1) in the first fiscal year that such funds are received 
under the grant, use such funds to develop a model substance 
abuse prevention program; and 
"(2) in the fiscal year following the first fiscal year that 
such funds are received, use such funds to implement the 
program developed under paragraph (1) to provide early inter-
vention and substance abuse prevention services to— 
"(A) strengthen the environment of children of high 
risk families by targeting interventions at the families 
of such children and the communities in which such chil-
dren reside; 
"(B) strengthen protective factors, such as— 
"(i) positive adult role models; 
"(ii) messages that oppose substance abuse; 
"(iii) community actions designed to reduce accessi-
bility to and use of illegal substances; and 
"(iv) willingness of individuals of families in which 
substance abuse occurs to seek treatment for substance 
abuse; 
"(C) reduce family and community risks, such as family 
violence, alcohol or drug abuse, crime, and other behaviors 
that may effect healthy child development and increase 
the likelihood of substance abuse; and 
"(D) build collaborative 
and formal 
partnerships 
between community agencies, institutions, and businesses 
to ensure that comprehensive high quality services are 
provided, such as early childhood education, health care, 
family support programs, parent education programs, and 
home visits for infants. 
114 STAT. 1182 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
42 u s e 290bb-
25b. 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
"(e) APPLICATION.—To be eligible to receive a grant under sub-
section (a), an applicant shall prepare and submit to the Secretary 
an application that— 
"(1) describes a model substance abuse prevention program 
that such applicant will establish; 
"(2) describes the manner in which the services described 
in subsection (d)(2) will be provided; and 
"(3) describe in as much detail as possible the results 
that the entity expects to achieve in implementing such a 
program. 
"(f) MATCHING FUNDING.—The Secretary may not make a grant 
to a entity under subsection (a) unless that entity agrees that, 
with respect to the costs to be incurred by the entity in carr5dng 
out the program for which the grant was awarded, the entity 
will make available non-Federal contributions in an amount that 
is not less than 40 percent of the amount provided under the 
grant. 
"(g) REPORT TO SECRETARY.—^An applicant that is awarded a 
grant under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit to the Secretary 
a report in such form and containing such information as the 
Secretary may require, including an assessment of the efficacy 
of the model substance abuse prevention program implemented 
by the applicant and the short, intermediate, and long term results 
of such program. 
"(h) EVALUATIONS.—The Secretary shall conduct evaluations, 
based in part on the reports submitted under subsection (g), to 
determine the effectiveness of the programs funded under sub-
section (a) in reducing substance use in high-risk families and 
in making communities in which such families reside in stronger. 
The Secretary shall submit such evaluations to the appropriate 
committees of Congress. 
"(i) HiGH-RiSK FAMILIES.—In this section, the term 'high-risk 
family means a family in which the individuals of such family 
are at a significant risk of using or abusing alcohol or any illegal 
substance. 
"(j) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $3,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
fiscal years 2002 and 2003.". 
SEC. 3109. PROGRAMS TO REDUCE UNDERAGE DRINKING. 
Subpart 2 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-21 et seq.), as amended by section 3108, 
is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 519B. PROGRAMS TO REDUCE UNDERAGE DRINKING. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall make awards of grants, 
cooperative agreements, or contracts to public and nonprofit private 
entities, including Indian tribes and tribal organizations, to enable 
such entities to develop plans for and to carry out school-based 
(including institutions of higher education) and community-based 
programs for the prevention of alcoholic-beverage consumption by 
individuals who have not attained the legal drinking age. 
"(b) ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS.—To be eligible to receive an 
award under subsection (a), an entity shall provide any assurances 
to the Secretary which the Secretary may require, including that 
the entity will— 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1183 
"(1) annually report to the Secretary on the effectiveness 
of the prevention approaches implemented by the entity; 
"(2) use science based and age appropriate approaches; 
and 
"(3) involve local public health officials and community 
prevention program staff in the planning and implementation 
of the program. 
"(c) EVALUATION.—The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
under subsection (a) and shall disseminate the findings with respect 
to each such evaluation to appropriate public and private entities. 
"(d) GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.—^The Secretary shall ensure 
that awards will be distributed equitably among the regions of 
the country and among urban and rural areas. 
"(e) DURATION OF AWARD.—^With respect to an award under 
subsection (a), the period during which payments under such award 
are made to the recipient may not exceed 5 years. The preceding 
sentence may not be construed as establishing a limitation on 
the number of awards under such subsection that may be made 
to the recipient. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
$25,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003.". 
SEC. 3110. SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH FETAL ALCOHOL SYN-
DROME. 
Subpart 2 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-21 et seq.), as amended by sections 3108 
and 3109, is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 519C. SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH FETAL ALCOHOL SYN-
DROME. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall make awards of grants, 
cooperative agreements, or contracts to public and nonprofit private 
entities, including Indian tribes and tribal organizations, to provide 
services to individuals diagnosed with fetal alcohol syndrome or 
alcohol-related birth defects. 
"(b) USE OF FUNDS.—^An award under subsection (a) may, sub-
ject to subsection (d), be used to— 
"(1) screen and test individuals to determine the type and 
level of services needed; 
"(2) develop a comprehensive plan for providing services 
to the individual; 
"(3) provide mental health counseling; 
"(4) provide substance abuse prevention services and treat-
ment, if needed; 
"(5) coordinate 
services 
with 
other 
social 
programs 
including social services, justice system, educational services, 
health services, mental health and substance abuse services, 
financial assistance programs, vocational services and housing 
assistance programs; 
"(6) provide vocational services; 
"(7) provide health counseling; 
"(8) provide housing assistance; 
"(9) parenting skills training; 
"(10) overall case management; 
"(11) supportive services for families of individuals with 
Fetal Alcohol Syndrome; and 
42 u s e 290bb-
25c. 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
114 STAT. 1184 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(12) provide other services and programs, to the extent 
authorized by the Secretary after consideration of recommenda-
tions made by the National Task Force on Fetal Alcohol Syn-
drome. 
"(c) REQUIREMENTS.—^To be eligible to receive an award under 
subsection (a), an applicant shall— 
"(1) demonstrate that the program will be part of a coordi-
nated, comprehensive system of care for such individuals; 
"(2) demonstrate an established communication with other 
social programs in the community including social services, 
justice system, financial assistance programs, health services, 
educational services, mental health and substance abuse serv-
ices, vocational services and housing assistance services; 
"(3) show a history of working with individuals with fetal 
alcohol syndrome or alcohol-related birth defects; 
"(4) provide assurance that the services will be provided 
in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner; and 
"(5) provide assurance that at the end of the 5-year award 
period, other mechanisms will be identified to meet the needs 
of the individuals and families served under such award. 
"(d) RELATIONSHIP TO PAYMENTS UNDER OTHER PROGRAMS.— 
An award may be made under subsection (a) only if the applicant 
involved agrees that the award will not be expended to pay the 
expenses of providing any service under this section to an individual 
to the extent that pajonent has been made, or can reasonably 
be expected to be made, with respect to such expenses— 
"(1) under any State compensation program, under an 
insurance policy, or under any Federal or State health benefits 
program; or 
"(2) by an entity that provides health services on a prepaid 
basis. 
"(e) DURATION OF AWARDS.—^With respect to an award under 
subsection (a), the period during which payments under such award 
are made to the recipient may not exceed 5 years. 
"(f) EVALUATION.—The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a) and shall disseminate the findings 
with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and 
private entities. 
"(g) FUNDING.— 
"(1) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose 
of carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appro-
priated $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as 
may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003. 
"(2) ALLOCATION.—Of the amounts appropriated under 
paragraph (1) for a fiscal year, not less than $300,000 shall, 
for purposes relating to fetal alcohol syndrome and alcohol-
related birth defects, be made available for collaborative, coordi-
nated interagency efforts with the National Institute on Alcohol 
Abuse and Alcoholism, the National Institute on Child Health 
and Human Development, the Health Resources and Services 
Administration, the Agency for Healthcare Research and 
Quality, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the 
Department of Education, and the Department of Justice. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1185 
"SEC. 519D. CENTERS OF EXCELLENCE ON SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS 
WITH FETAL ALCOHOL SYNDROME AND ALCOHOL-
RELATED BIRTH DEFECTS AND TREATMENT FOR 
INDIVIDUALS WITH SUCH CONDITIONS AND THEIR FAMI-
LIES. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall make awards of grants, 
cooperative agreements, or contracts to public or nonprofit private 
entities for the purposes of establishing not more than four centers 
of excellence to study techniques for the prevention of fetal alcohol 
S3aidrome and alcohol-related birth defects and adaptations of 
innovative clinical interventions and service delivery improvements 
for the provision of comprehensive services to individuals with 
fetal alcohol syndrome or alcohol-related birth defects and their 
families and for providing training on such conditions. 
"(b) USE OF FUNDS.—^An award under subsection (a) may be 
used to— 
"(1) study adaptations of innovative clinical interventions 
and service delivery improvements strategies for children and 
adults with fetal alcohol syndrome or alcohol-related birth 
defects and their families; 
"(2) identify communities which have an exemplary com-
prehensive system of care for such individuals so that they 
can 
provide 
technical 
assistance 
to 
other 
communities 
attempting to set up such a system of care; 
"(3) provide technical assistance to communities who do 
not have a comprehensive system of care for such individuals 
and their families; 
"(4) train community leaders, mental health and substance 
abuse professionals, families, law enforcement 
personnel, 
judges, health professionals, persons working in financial assist-
ance programs, social service personnel, child welfare profes-
sionals, and other service providers on the implications of fetal 
alcohol syndrome and alcohol-related birth defects, the early 
identification of and referral for such conditions; 
"(5) develop innovative techniques for preventing alcohol 
use by women in child bearing years; 
"(6) perform other functions, to the extent authorized by 
the Secretary after consideration of recommendations made 
by the National Task Force on Fetal Alcohol Syndrome. 
"(c) REPORT.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^A recipient of an award under subsection 
(a) shall at the end of the period of funding report to the 
Secretary on any innovative techniques that have been discov-
ered for preventing alcohol use among women of child bearing 
years. 
"(2) DISSEMINATION OF FINDINGS.—The Secretary shall 
upon receiving a report under paragraph (1) disseminate the 
findings to appropriate public and private entities. 
"(d) DURATION OF AWARDS.—^With respect to an award under 
subsection (a), the period during which payments under such award 
are made to the recipient may not exceed 5 years. 
"(e) EVALUATION.—The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a) and shall disseminate the findings 
with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public and 
private entities. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
42 use 290bb-
25d. 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
114 STAT. 1186 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
42 u s e 290bb-
36. 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
$5,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary 
for each of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003.". 
SEC. 3111. SUICIDE PREVENTION. 
Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3107, 
is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 520E. SUICIDE PREVENTION FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, 
or cooperative agreements to States, political subdivisions of States, 
Indian tribes, tribal organizations, public organizations, or private 
nonprofit organizations to establish programs to reduce suicide 
deaths in the United States among children and adolescents. 
"(b) COLLABORATION.—In carrying out subsection (a), the Sec-
retary shall ensure that activities under this section are coordinated 
among the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Adminis-
tration, the relevant institutes at the National Institutes of Health, 
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Health 
Resources and Services Administration, and the Administration 
on Children and Families. 
"(c) REQUIREMENTS.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, public organization, or private 
nonprofit organization desiring a grant, contract, or cooperative 
agreement under this section shall demonstrate that the suicide 
prevention program such entity proposes will— 
"(1) provide for the timely assessment, treatment, or 
referral for mental health or substance abuse services of chil-
dren and adolescents at risk for suicide; 
"(2) be based on best evidence-based, suicide prevention 
practices and strategies that are adapted to the local commu-
nity; 
"(3) integrate its suicide prevention program into the 
existing health care system in the community including primary 
health care, mental health services, and substance abuse serv-
ices; 
"(4) be integrated into other systems in the community 
that address the needs of children and adolescents including 
the educational system, juvenile justice system, welfare and 
child protection systems, and community youth 
support 
organizations; 
"(5) use primary prevention methods to educate and raise 
awareness in the local community by disseminating evidence-
based information about suicide prevention; 
"(6) include suicide prevention, mental health, and related 
information and services for the families and friends of those 
who completed suicide, as needed; 
"(7) provide linguistically appropriate and culturally com-
petent services, as needed; 
"(8) provide a plan for the evaluation of outcomes and 
activities at the local level, according to standards established 
by the Secretary, and agree to participate in a national evalua-
tion; and 
"(9) ensure that staff used in the program are trained 
in suicide prevention and that professionals involved in the 
system of care have received training in identifying persons 
at risk of suicide. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1187 
"(d) USE OF FUNDS.—^Amounts provided under grants, contracts, 
or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) shall be used to 
supplement and not supplant other Federal, State, and local public 
funds that are expended to provide services for eligible individuals. 
"(e) CONDITION.—^An applicant for a grant, contract, or coopera-
tive agreement under subsection (a) shall demonstrate to the Sec-
retary that the applicant has the support of the local community 
and relevant public health officials. 
"(f) SPECIAL POPULATIONS.—In awarding grants, contracts, and 
cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall 
ensure that such awards are made in a manner that will focus 
on the needs of communities or groups that experience high or 
rapidly rising rates of suicide. 
"(g) APPLICATION.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, public organization, or private 
nonprofit organization receiving a grant, contract, or cooperative 
agreement under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit an 
application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably 
require. Such application shall include a plan for the rigorous 
evaluation of activities funded under the grant, contract, or coopera-
tive agreement, including a process and outcome evaluation. 
"(h) DISTRIBUTION OF AWARDS.—In awarding grants, contracts, 
and cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary 
shall ensure that such awards are distributed among the geo-
graphical regions of the United States and between urban and 
rural settings. 
"(i) EVALUATION.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, public organization, or private 
nonprofit organization receiving a grant, contract, or cooperative 
agreement under subsection (a) shall prepare and submit to the 
Secretary at the end of the program period, an evaluation of all 
activities funded under this section. 
"(j) 
DISSEMINATION AND EDUCATION.—The Secretary shall 
ensure that findings derived from activities carried out under this 
section are disseminated to State, county and local governmental 
agencies and public and private nonprofit organizations active in 
promoting suicide prevention and family support activities. 
"(k) DURATION OF PROJECTS.—With respect to a grant, contract, 
or cooperative agreement awarded under this section, the period 
during which payments under such award may be made to the 
recipient may not exceed 5 years. 
"(1) STUDY.—Within 1 year after the date of the enactment Deadline, 
of this section, the Secretary shall, directly or by grant or contract, 
initiate a study to assemble and analyze data to identify— 
"(1) unique profiles of children under 13 who attempt or 
complete suicide; 
"(2) unique profiles of youths between ages 13 and 21 
who attempt or complete suicide; and 
"(3) a profile of services which might have been available 
to these groups and the use of these services by children and 
youths from paragraphs (1) and (2). 
"(m) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of carrying out this section, 
there is authorized to be appropriated $75,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001 and such sums as may be necessary for each of 
the fiscal years 2002 through 2003. 
114 STAT. 1188 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(2) PROGRAM MANAGEMENT.—In carrying out this section, 
the Secretary shall use 1 percent of the amount appropriated 
under paragraph (1) for each fiscal year for managing programs 
under this section.". 
SEC. 3112. GENERAL PROVISIONS. 
(a) DUTIES OF THE CENTER FOR SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREAT-
MENT.—Section 507(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
290bb(b)) is amended— 
(1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (12) as para-
graphs (4) through (14), respectively; 
(2) by inserting after paragraph (1), the following: 
"(2) ensure that emphasis is placed on children and adoles-
cents in the development of treatment programs; 
"(3) collaborate with the Attorney General to develop pro-
grams to provide substance abuse treatment services to individ-
uals who have had contact with the Justice system, especially 
adolescents;"; 
(3) in paragraph (7) (as so redesignated), by striking "serv-
ices, and monitor" and all that follows through "1925" and 
inserting "services"; 
(4) in paragraph (13) (as so redesignated), by striking 
"treatment, including" and all that follows through "which 
shall" and inserting "treatment, which shall"; and 
(5) in paragraph 14 (as so redesignated), by striking "para-
graph (11)" and inserting "paragraph (13)". 
(b) OFFICE FOR SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION.—Section 515(b) 
of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-21(b)) is 
amended— 
(1) by redesignating paragraphs (9) and (10) as (10) and 
(11); 
(2) by inserting after paragraph (8), the following: 
"(9) collaborate with the Attorney General of the Depart-
ment of Justice to develop programs to prevent drug abuse 
among high risk youth;"; and 
(3) in paragraph (10) (as so redesignated), by striking 
"public concerning" and inserting "public, especially adolescent 
audiences, concerning". 
(c) DUTIES OF THE CENTER FOR MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES.— 
42 use 290bb- 
Section 520(b) of the Pubhc Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-
31- 
3(b)) is amended— 
(1) by redesignating paragraphs (3) through (14) as para-
graphs (4) through (15), respectively; 
(2) by inserting after paragraph (2), the following: 
"(3) collaborate with the Department of Education and 
the Department of Justice to develop programs to assist local 
communities in addressing violence among children and adoles-
cents;"; 
(3) in paragraph (8) (as so redesignated), by striking "pro-
grams authorized" and all that follows through "Programs" 
and inserting "programs under part C"; and 
(4) in paragraph (9) (as so redesignated), by striking "pro-
gram and programs" and all that follows through "303" and 
inserting "programs". 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1189 
TITLE XXXII—PROVISIONS RELATING 
TO MENTAL HEALTH 
SEC. 3201. PRIORITY MENTAL HEALTH NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND 
NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Section 520A of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-32) is amended to read as follows: 
"SEC. 520A. PRIORITY MENTAL HEALTH NEEDS OF REGIONAL AND 
NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE. 
"(a) PROJECTS.—The Secretary shall address priority mental 
health needs of regional and national significance (as determined 
under subsection (b)) through the provision of or through assistance 
for— 
"(1) knowledge development and application projects for 
prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation, and the conduct or 
support of evaluations of such projects; 
"(2) training and technical assistance programs; 
"(3) targeted capacity response programs; and 
"(4) systems change grants including statewide family net-
work grants and client-oriented and consumer run self-help 
activities. 
The Secretary may carry out the activities described in this sub- Grants, 
section directly or through grants or cooperative agreements with Contracts. 
States, political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes and tribal 
organizations, other public or private nonprofit entities. 
"(b) PRIORITY MENTAL HEALTH NEEDS.— 
"(1) DETERMINATION OF NEEDS.—Priority mental health 
needs of regional and national significance shall be determined 
by the Secretary in consultation with States and other 
interested groups. The Secretary shall meet with the States 
and interested groups on an annual basis to discuss program 
priorities. 
"(2) SPECIAL CONSIDERATION.—In developing program prior-
ities described in paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give special 
consideration to promoting the integration of mental health 
services into primary health care systems. 
"(c) REQUIREMENTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Recipients of grants, contracts, and 
cooperative agreements under this section shall comply with 
information and application requirements determined appro-
priate by the Secretary. 
"(2) DURATION OF AWARD.—With respect to a grant, con-
tract, or cooperative agreement awarded under this section, 
the period during which payments under such award are made 
to the recipient may not exceed 5 years. 
"(3) MATCHING FUNDS.—The Secretary may, for projects 
carried out under subsection (a), require that entities that 
apply for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under 
this section provide non-Federal matching funds, as determined 
appropriate by the Secretary, to ensure the institutional 
commitment of the entity to the projects funded under the 
grant, contract, or cooperative agreement. Such non-Federal 
matching funds may be provided directly or through donations 
from public or private entities and may be in cash or in kind, 
fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. 
114 STAT. 1190 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(4) MAINTENANCE OF EFFORT.—^With respect to activities 
for which a grant, contract or cooperative agreement is awarded 
under this section, the Secretary may require that recipients 
for specific projects under subsection (a) agree to maintain 
expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activities at a 
level that is not less than the level of such expenditures main-
tained by the entity for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal 
year for which the entity receives such a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement. 
"(d) EVALUATION.—The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a)(1) and shall disseminate the 
findings with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public 
and private entities. 
"(e) INFORMATION AND EDUCATION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall establish informa-
tion and education programs to disseminate and apply the 
findings of the knowledge development and application, 
training, and technical assistance programs, and targeted 
capacity response programs, under this section to the general 
public, to health care professionals, and to interested groups. 
The Secretary shall make every effort to provide linkages 
between the findings of supported projects and State agencies 
responsible for carrying out mental health services. 
"(2) RURAL AND UNDERSERVED AREAS.—In disseminating 
information on evidence-based practices in the provision of chil-
dren's mental health services under this subsection, the Sec-
retary shall ensure that such information is distributed to 
rural and medically underserved areas. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^There are authorized to be appropriated 
to carry out this section, $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2001, 
and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal 
years 2002 and 2003. 
"(2) DATA INFRASTRUCTURE.—If amounts are not appro-
priated for a fiscal year to carry out section 1971 with respect 
to mental health, then the Secretary shall make available, 
from the amounts appropriated for such fiscal year under para-
graph (1), an amount equal to the sum of $6,000,000 and 
10 percent of all amounts appropriated for such fiscal year 
under such paragraph in excess of $100,000,000, to carry out 
such section 1971.". 
(b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.— 
(1) Section 303 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
242a) is repealed. 
(2) Section 520B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
290bb-33) is repealed. 
(3) Section 612 of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless 
42 use 290bb- 
Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa-3 note) is repealed. 
SEC. 3202. GRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS. 
Section 506 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa-
5) is amended to read as follows: 
"SEC. 506. GRANTS FOR THE BENEFIT OF HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall award grants, contracts 
and cooperative agreements to community-based public and private 
nonprofit entities for the purposes of providing mental health and 
substance abuse services for homeless individuals. In carrying out 
32 note. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1191 
this section, the Secretary shall consult with the Interagency 
Council on the Homeless, established under section 201 of the 
Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11311). 
"(b) PREFERENCES.—In awarding grants, contracts, and coopera-
tive agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give a 
preference to— 
"(1) entities that provide integrated primary health, sub-
stance abuse, and mental health services to homeless individ-
uals; 
"(2) entities that demonstrate effectiveness in serving run-
away, homeless, and street youth; 
"(3) entities that have experience in providing substance 
abuse and mental health services to homeless individuals; 
"(4) entities that demonstrate experience in providing 
housing for individuals in treatment for or in recovery from 
mental illness or substance abuse; and 
"(5) entities that demonstrate effectiveness in serving 
homeless veterans. 
"(c) SERVICES FOR CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS.—In awarding grants, 
contracts, and cooperative agreements under subsection (a), the 
Secretary shall not— 
"(1) prohibit the provision of services under such subsection 
to homeless individuals who are suffering from a substance 
abuse disorder and are not suffering from a mental health 
disorder; and 
"(2) make payments under subsection (a) to any entity 
that has a policy of— 
"(A) excluding individuals from mental health services 
due to the existence or suspicion of substance abuse; or 
"(B) has a policy of excluding individuals from sub-
stance abuse services due to the existence or suspicion 
of mental illness. 
"(d) TERM OF THE AWARDS.—No entity may receive a grant, 
contract, or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) for more 
than 5 years. 
"(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $50,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
fiscal years 2002 and 2003.". 
SEC. 
3203. PROJECTS FOR ASSISTANCE IN TRANSITION FROM 
HOMELESSNESS. 
(a) WAIVERS FOR TERRITORIES.—Section 522 of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290cc-22) is amended by adding 
at the end the following: 
"(i) WAIVER FOR TERRITORIES.—With respect to the United 
States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Palau, the Marshall 
Islands, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, 
the Secretary may waive the provisions of this part that the Sec-
retary determines to be appropriate.". 
(b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.—Section 535(a) of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290cc-35(a)) is amended by 
striking "1991 through 1994" and inserting "2001 through 2003". 
114 STAT. 1192 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
SEC. 3204. COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES PERFORMANCE 
PARTNERSHIP BLOCK GRANT. 
(a) CRITERIA FOR PLAN.—Section 1912(b) of the Public Health 
42 use 300X-1. 
Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-2(b)) is amended by striking paragraphs 
(1) through (12) and inserting the following: 
"(1) COMPREHENSIVE COMMUNITY-BASED MENTAL HEALTH 
SYSTEMS.—The plan provides for an organized community-based 
system of care for individuals with mental illness and describes 
available services and resources in a comprehensive system 
of care, including services for dually diagnosed individuals. 
The description of the system of care shall include health 
and mental health services, rehabilitation services, employment 
services, housing services, educational services, substance abuse 
services, medical and dental care, and other support services 
to be provided to individuals with Federal, State and local 
public and private resources to enable such individuals to func-
tion outside of inpatient or residential institutions to the max-
imum extent of their capabilities, including services to be pro-
vided by local school systems under the Individuals with 
Disabilities Education Act. The plan shall include a separate 
description of case management services and provide for activi-
ties leading to reduction of hospitalization. 
"(2) MENTAL HEALTH SYSTEM DATA AND EPIDEMIOLOGY.— 
The plan contains an estimate of the incidence and prevalence 
in the State of serious mental illness among adults and serious 
emotional disturbance among children and presents quan-
titative targets to be achieved in the implementation of the 
system described in paragraph (1). 
"(3) CHILDREN'S SERVICES.—In the case of children with 
serious emotional disturbance, the plan— 
"(A) subject to subparagraph (B), provides for a system 
of integrated social services, educational services, juvenile 
services, and substance abuse services that, together with 
health and mental health services, will be provided in 
order for such children to receive care appropriate for their 
multiple needs (such system to include services provided 
under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act); 
"(B) provides that the grant under section 1911 for 
the fiscal year involved will not be expended to provide 
any service under such system other than comprehensive 
community mental health services; and 
"(C) provides for the establishment of a defined 
geographic area for the provision of the services of such 
system. 
"(4) TARGETED SERVICES TO RURAL AND HOMELESS POPU-
LATIONS.—The plan describes the State's outreach to and serv-
ices for individuals who are homeless and how community-
based services will be provided to individuals residing in rural 
areas. 
"(5) MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS.—^The plan describes the finan-
cial resources, staffing and training for mental health providers 
that is necessary to implement the plan, and provides for 
the training of providers of emergency health services regarding 
mental health. The plan further describes the manner in which 
the State intends to expend the grant under section 1911 for 
the fiscal year involved. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1193 
Except as provided for in paragraph (3), the State plan shall contain 
the information required under this subsection with respect to 
both adults with serious mental illness and children with serious 
emotional disturbance.". 
(b) REVIEW OF PLANNING COUNCIL OF STATE'S REPORT.—Section 
1915(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-4(a)) 
is amended— 
(1) in paragraph (1), by inserting "and the report of the 
State under section 1942(a) concerning the preceding fiscal 
year" after "to the grant"; and 
(2) in paragraph (2), by inserting before the period "and 
any comments concerning the annual report". 
(c) MAINTENANCE OF EFFORT.—Section 1915(b) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-4(b)) is amended— 
(1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs 
(3) and (4), respectively; and 
(2) by inserting after paragraph (1), the following: 
"(2) EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN FUNDS.—^The Secretary may 
exclude from the aggregate State expenditures under subsection 
(a), funds appropriated to the principle agency for authorized 
activities which are of a non-recurring nature and for a specific 
purpose.". 
(d) APPLICATION FOR GRANTS.—Section 1917(a)(1) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-6(a)(l)) is amended to read 
as follows: 
"(1) the plan is received by the Secretary not later than 
September 1 of the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year for 
which a State is seeking funds, and the report from the previous 
fiscal year as required under section 1941 is received by 
December 1 of the fiscal year of the grant;". 
(e) WAIVERS FOR TERRITORIES.—Section 1917(b) of the Pubhc 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-6(b)) is amended by striking 
"whose allotment under section 1911 for the fiscal year is the 
amount specified in section 1918(c)(2)(B)" and inserting in its place 
"except Puerto Rico". 
(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.—Section 1920 of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-9) is amended— 
(1) in subsection (a), by striking "$450,000,000" and all 
that follows through the end and inserting "$450,000,000 for 
fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each 
of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003."; and 
(2) in subsection (b)(2), by striking "section 505" and 
inserting "sections 505 and 1971". 
SEC. 3205. DETERMINATION OF ALLOTMENT. 
Section 1918(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
300x-7(b)) is amended to read as follows: 
"(b) MINIMUM ALLOTMENTS FOR STATES.—With respect to fiscal 
year 2000, and subsequent fiscal years, the amount of the allotment 
of a State under section 1911 shall not be less than the amount 
the State received under such section for fiscal year 1998.". 
SEC. 3206. P R O T E C T I O N AND ADVOCACY FOR MENTALLY ILL INDIVID-
UALS ACT OF 1986. 
(a) SHORT TITLE.—^The first section of the Protection and 
Advocacy for Mentally 1
1
1 Individuals Act of 1986 (Public Law 
99-319) is amended to read as follows: 
114 STAT. 1194 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
42 use 10801 
"SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. 
"This Act may be cited as the 'Protection and Advocacy for 
Individuals with Mental Illness Act'.". 
(b) DEFINITIONS.—Section 102 of the Protection and Advocacy 
for Individuals with Mental Illness Act (as amended by subsection 
(a)) (42 U.S.C. 10802) is amended— 
(1) in paragraph (4)— 
(A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by 
inserting ", except as provided in section 104(d)," after 
"means"; 
(B) in subparagraph (B)— 
(i) by striking "(i)" who" and inserting "(i)(I) who"; 
(ii) by redesignating clauses (ii) and (iii) as sub-
clauses (II) and (III); 
(iii) in subclause (III) (as so redesignated), by 
striking the period and inserting "; or"; and 
(iv) by adding at the end the following: 
"(ii) who satisfies the requirements of subparagraph 
(A) and lives in a community setting, including their own 
home."; and 
(2) by adding at the end the following: 
"(8) The term 'American Indian consortium' means a 
consortium established under part C of the Developmental 
Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act (42 U.S.C. 6042 
et seq.).". 
(c) USE OF ALLOTMENTS.—Section 104 of the Protection and 
Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act (as amended by 
subsection (a)) (42 U.S.C. 10804) is amended by adding at the 
end the following: 
"(d) The definition of 'individual with a mental illness' contained 
in section 102(4)(B)(iii) shall apply, and thus an eligible system 
may use its allotment under this title to provide representation 
to such individuals, only if the total allotment under this title 
for any fiscal year is $30,000,000 or more, and in such case, an 
eligible system must give priority to representing persons with 
mental illness as defined in subparagraphs (A) and (B)(i) of section 
102(4).". 
(d) MINIMUM AMOUNT.—Paragraph (2) of section 112(a) of the 
Protection and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act 
(as amended by subsection (a)) (42 U.S.C. 10822(a)(2)) is amended 
to read as follows: 
"(2)(A) The minimum amount of the allotment of an eligible 
system shall be the product (rounded to the nearest $100) 
of the appropriate base amount determined under subpara-
graph (B) and the factor specified in subparagraph (C). 
"(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the appropriate 
base amount— 
"(i) for American Samoa, Guam, the Marshall Islands, 
the Federated States of Micronesia, the Commonwealth 
of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic of Palau, 
and the Virgin Islands, is $139,300; and 
"(ii) for any other State, is $260,000. 
"(C) The factor specified in this subparagraph is the ratio 
of the amount appropriated under section 117 for the fiscal 
year for which the allotment is being made to the amount 
appropriated under such section for fiscal year 1995. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1195 
"(D) If the total amount appropriated for a fiscal year 
is at least $25,000,000, the Secretary shall make an allotment 
in accordance with subparagraph (A) to the eligible system 
serving the American Indian consortium.". 
(e) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—Section 112(a) of the Protection 
and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act (as amended 
by subsection (a)) (42 U.S.C. 10822(a)) is amended— 
(1) in paragraph (1)(B), by striking "Trust Territory of 
the Pacific Islands" and inserting "Marshall Islands, the Fed-
erated States of Micronesia, the Republic of Palau"; and 
(2) by striking paragraph (3). 
(f) 
REAUTHORIZATION.—Section 
117 
of 
the 
Protection 
and 
Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act (as amended by 
subsection (a)) (42 U.S.C. 10827) is amended by striking "1995" 
and inserting "2003". 
SEC. 3207. REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS 
OF CERTAIN FACILITIES. 
Title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa 
et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: 
"PART H—REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE 
RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS OF CERTAIN FACILI-
TIES 
"SEC. 591. REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS 
42 USC 290ii. 
OF CERTAIN FACILITIES. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^A public or private general hospital, nursing 
facility, intermediate care facility, or other health care facility, 
that receives support in any form from any program supported 
in whole or in part with funds appropriated to any Federal depart-
ment or agency shall protect and promote the rights of each resident 
of the facility, including the right to be free from physical or 
mental abuse, corporal punishment, and any restraints or involun-
tary seclusions imposed for purposes of discipline or convenience. 
"(b) REQUIREMENTS.—Restraints and seclusion may only be 
imposed on a resident of a facility described in subsection (a) 
if— 
"(1) the restraints or seclusion are imposed to ensure the 
physical safety of the resident, a staff member, or others; and 
"(2) the restraints or seclusion are imposed only upon the 
written order of a physician, or other licensed practitioner 
permitted by the State and the facility to order such restraint 
or seclusion, that specifies the duration and circumstances 
under which the restraints are to be used (except in emergency 
circumstances specified by the Secretary until such an order 
could reasonably be obtained). 
"(c) CURRENT LAW.—This part shall not be construed to affect 
or impede any Federal or State law or regulations that provide 
greater protections than this part regarding seclusion and restraint. 
"(d) DEFINITIONS.—In this section: 
"(1) RESTRAINTS.—^The term 'restraints' means— 
"(A) any physical restraint that is a mechanical or 
personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability 
of an individual to move his or her arms, legs, or head 
114 STAT. 1196 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
freely, not including devices, such as orthopedically pre-
scribed devices, surgical dressings or bandages, protective 
helmets, or any other methods that involves the physical 
holding of a resident for the purpose of conducting routine 
physical examinations or tests or to protect the resident 
from falling out of bed or to permit the resident to partici-
pate in activities without the risk of physical harm to 
the resident (such term does not include a physical escort); 
and 
"(B) a drug or medication that is used as a restraint 
to control behavior or restrict the resident's freedom of 
movement that is not a standard treatment for the resi-
dent's medical or psychiatric condition. 
"(2) SECLUSION.—^The term 'seclusion' means a behavior 
control technique involving locked isolation. Such term does 
not include a time out. 
"(3) PHYSICAL ESCORT.—^The term 'physical escort' means 
the temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, 
shoulder or back for the purpose of inducing a resident who 
is acting out to walk to a safe location. 
"(4) TIME OUT.—^The term 'time out' means a behavior 
management technique that is part of an approved treatment 
program and may involve the separation of the resident from 
the group, in a non-locked setting, for the purpose of calming. 
Time out is not seclusion. 
42 use 290ii-l. 
"SEC. 592. REPORTING REQUIREMENT. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Each facility to which the Protection and 
Advocacy for Mentally 1
1
1 Individuals Act of 1986 applies shall 
notify the appropriate agency, as determined by the Secretary, 
of each death that occurs at each such facility while a patient 
is restrained or in seclusion, of each death occurring within 24 
hours after the patient has been removed from restraints and 
seclusion, or where it is reasonable to assume that a patient's 
death is a result of such seclusion or restraint. A notification 
under this section shall include the name of the resident and 
shall be provided not later than 7 days after the date of the 
death of the individual involved. 
"(b) FACILITY.—In this section, the term 'facility' has the 
meaning given the term 'facilities' in section 102(3) of the Protection 
and Advocacy for Mentally 1
1
1 Individuals Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 
10802(3)).". 
42 use 290ii-2. 
"SEC. 593. REGULATIONS AND ENFORCEMENT. 
DeadUne. 
"(a) TRAINING.—Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
enactment of this part, the Secretary, after consultation with appro-
priate State and local protection and advocacy organizations, physi-
cians, facilities, and other health care professionals and patients, 
shall promulgate regulations that require facilities to which the 
Protection and Advocacy for Mentally 1
1
1 Individuals Act of 1986 
(42 U.S.C. 10801 et seq.) applies, to meet the requirements of 
subsection (b). 
"(b) REQUIREMENTS.—^The regulations promulgated under sub-
section (a) shall require that— 
"(1) facilities described in subsection (a) ensure that there 
is an adequate number of qualified professional and supportive 
staff to evaluate patients, formulate written individualized, 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1197 
comprehensive treatment plans, and to provide active treatment 
measures; 
"(2) appropriate training be provided for the staff of such 
facilities in the use of restraints and any alternatives to the 
use of restraints; and 
"(3) such facilities provide complete and accurate notifica-
tion of deaths, as required under section 592(a). 
"(c) ENFORCEMENT.—^A facility to which this part applies that 
fails to comply with any requirement of this part, including a 
failure to provide appropriate training, shall not be eligible for 
participation in any program supported in whole or in part by 
funds appropriated to any Federal department or agency.". 
SEC. 3208. REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS 
OF CERTAIN NON-MEDICAL, COMMUNITY-BASED FACILI-
TIES FOR CHILDREN AND YOUTH. 
Title V of the PubHc Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa 
et seq.), as amended by section 3207, is further amended by adding 
at the end the following: 
"PART I—REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE 
RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS OF CERTAIN NON-
MEDICAL, COMMUNITY-BASED 
FACILITIES 
FOR CHILDREN AND YOUTH 
"SEC. 595. REQUIREMENT RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OF RESIDENTS 42 USC 290ij. 
OF CERTAIN NON-MEDICAL, COMMUNITY-BASED FACILI-
TIES FOR CHILDREN AND YOUTH, 
"(a) PROTECTION OF RIGHTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^A public or private non-medical, commu-
nity-based facility for children and youth (as defined in regula-
tions to be promulgated by the Secretary) that receives support 
in any form from any program supported in whole or in part 
with funds appropriated under this Act shall protect and pro-
mote the rights of each resident of the facility, including the 
right to be free from physical or mental abuse, corporal punish-
ment, and any restraints or involuntary seclusions imposed 
for purposes of discipline or convenience. 
"(2) NONAPPLICABILITY.—^Notwithstanding this part, 
a 
facility that provides inpatient psychiatric treatment services 
for individuals under the age of 21, as authorized and defined 
in subsections (a)(16) and (h) of section 1905 of the Social 
Security Act, shall comply with the requirements of part H. 
"(3) APPLICABILITY OF MEDICAID PROVISIONS.—A non-med-
ical, community-based facility for children and youth funded 
under the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social 
Security Act shall continue to meet all existing requirements 
for participation in such program that are not affected by 
this part. 
"(b) REQUIREMENTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Physical restraints and seclusion may 
only be imposed on a resident of a facility described in sub-
section (a) if— 
"(A) the restraints or seclusion are imposed only in 
emergency circumstances and only to ensure the immediate 
physical safety of the resident, a staff member, or others 
114 STAT. 1198 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
and less restrictive interventions have been determined 
to be ineffective; and 
"(B) the restraints or seclusion are imposed only by 
an individual trained and certified, by a State-recognized 
body (as defined in regulation promulgated by the Sec-
retary) and pursuant to a process determined appropriate 
by the State and approved by the Secretary, in the preven-
tion and use of physical restraint and seclusion, including 
the needs and behaviors of the population served, relation-
ship building, alternatives to restraint and seclusion, de-
escalation methods, avoiding power struggles, thresholds 
for restraints and seclusion, the physiological and psycho-
logical impact of restraint and seclusion, monitoring phys-
ical signs of distress and obtaining medical assistance, 
legal issues, position asphyxia, escape and evasion tech-
niques, time limits, the process for obtaining approval for 
continued restraints, procedures to address problematic 
restraints, documentation, processing with children, and 
follow-up with staff, and investigation of injuries and com-
plaints. 
"(2) INTERIM PROCEDURES RELATING TO TRAINING AND CER-
TIFICATION.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—^Until such time as the State 
develops a process to assure the proper training and certifi-
cation of facility personnel in the skills and competencies 
referred in paragraph (1)(B), the facility involved shall 
develop and implement an interim procedure that meets 
the requirements of subparagraph (B). 
"(B) REQUIREMENTS.—^A procedure developed under 
subparagraph (A) shall— 
"(i) ensure that a supervisory or senior staff person 
with training in restraint and seclusion who is com-
petent to conduct a face-to-face assessment (as defined 
in regulations promulgated by the Secretary), will 
assess the mental and physical well-being of the child 
or youth being restrained or secluded and assure that 
the restraint or seclusion is being done in a safe 
manner; 
"(ii) ensure that the assessment required under 
clause (i) take place as soon as practicable, but in 
no case later than 1 hour after the initiation of the 
restraint or seclusion; and 
"(iii) ensure that the supervisory or senior staff 
person continues to monitor the situation for the dura-
tion of the restraint and seclusion. 
"(3) LIMITATIONS.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—^The use of a drug or medication 
that is used as a restraint to control behavior or restrict 
the resident's freedom of movement that is not a standard 
treatment for the resident's medical or psychiatric condition 
in nonmedical community-based facilities for children and 
youth described in subsection (a)(1) is prohibited. 
"(B) PROHIBITION.—The use of mechanical restraints 
in non-medical, community-based facilities for children and 
youth described in subsection (a)(1) is prohibited. 
"(C) LIMITATION.—^A non-medical, community-based 
facility for children and youth described in subsection (a)(1) 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1199 
may only use seclusion when a staff member is continuously 
face-to-face monitoring the resident and when strong 
licensing or accreditation and internal controls are in place. 
"(c) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^Nothing in this section shall be con-
strued as prohibiting the use of restraints for medical immo-
bilization, adaptive support, or medical protection. 
"(2) CURRENT LAW.—^This part shall not be construed to 
affect or impede any Federal or State law or regulations that 
provide greater protections than this part regarding seclusion 
and restraint. 
"(d) DEFINITIONS.—In this section: 
"(1) 
MECHANICAL 
RESTRAINT.—The 
term 
'mechanical 
restraint' means the use of devices as a means of restricting 
a resident's freedom of movement. 
"(2) PHYSICAL ESCORT.—^The term 'physical escort' means 
the temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, 
shoulder or back for the purpose of inducing a resident who 
is acting out to walk to a safe location. 
"(3) PHYSICAL RESTRAINT.—^The term 'physical restraint' 
means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the 
ability of an individual to move his or her arms, legs, or 
head freely. Such term does not include a physical escort. 
"(4) SECLUSION.—^The term 'seclusion' means a behavior 
control technique involving locked isolation. Such term does 
not include a time out. 
"(5) TIME OUT.—^The term 'time out' means a behavior 
management technique that is part of an approved treatment 
program and may involve the separation of the resident from 
the group, in a non-locked setting, for the purpose of calming. 
Time out is not seclusion. 
"SEC. 595A- REPORTING REQUIREMENT. 
42 USC 290jj-l. 
"Each facility to which this part applies shall notify the appro-
priate State licensing or regulatory agency, as determined by the 
Secretary— 
"(1) of each death that occurs at each such facility. A 
notification under this section shall include the name of the 
resident and shall be provided not later than 24 hours after 
the time of the individuals death; and 
"(2) of the use of seclusion or restraints in accordance 
with regulations promulgated by the Secretary, in consultation 
with the States. 
"SEC. 595B. REGULATIONS AND ENFORCEMENT. 
42 USC 290jj-2. 
"(a) TRAINING.—^Not later than 6 months after the date of Deadline, 
the enactment of this part, the Secretary, after consultation with 
appropriate State, local, public and private protection and advocacy 
organizations, health care professionals, social workers, facilities, 
and patients, shall promulgate regulations that— 
"(1) require States that license non-medical, community-
based residential facilities for children and youth to develop 
licensing 
rules 
and 
monitoring 
requirements 
concerning 
behavior management practice that will ensure compliance with 
Federal regulations and to meet the requirements of subsection 
(b); 
"(2) require States to develop and implement such licensing 
rules and monitoring requirements within 1 year after the 
114 STAT. 1200 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
42 u s e 290bl>-
37. 
promulgation of the regulations referred to in the matter pre-
ceding paragraph (1); and 
"(3) support the development of national guidelines and 
standards on the quality, quantity, orientation and training, 
required under this part, as well as the certification or licensure 
of those staff responsible for the implementation of behavioral 
intervention concepts and techniques. 
"(b) REQUIREMENTS.—The regulations promulgated under sub-
section (a) shall require— 
"(1) that facilities described in subsection (a) ensure that 
there is an adequate number of qualified professional and sup-
portive staff to evaluate residents, formulate written individual-
ized, comprehensive treatment plans, and to provide active 
treatment measures; 
"(2) the provision of appropriate training and certification 
of the staff of such facilities in the prevention and use of 
physical restraint and seclusion, including the needs and behav-
iors of the population served, relationship building, alternatives 
to restraint, de-escalation methods, avoiding power struggles, 
thresholds for restraints, the physiological impact of restraint 
and seclusion, monitoring physical signs of distress and 
obtaining medical assistance, legal issues, position asphyxia, 
escape and evasion techniques, time limits for the use of 
restraint and seclusion, the process for obtaining approval for 
continued restraints and seclusion, procedures to address 
problematic restraints, documentation, processing with chil-
dren, and follow-up with staff, and investigation of injuries 
and complaints; and 
"(3) that such facilities provide complete and accurate 
notification of deaths, as required under section 595A(1). 
"(c) ENFORCEMENT.—^A State to which this part applies that 
fails to comply with any requirement of this part, including a 
failure to provide appropriate training and certification, shall not 
be eligible for participation in any program supported in whole 
or in part by funds appropriated under this Act.". 
SEC. 3209. EMERGENCY MENTAL HEALTH CENTERS. 
Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3111, 
is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 520F. GRANTS FOR EMERGENCY MENTAL HEALTH CENTERS. 
"(a) PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.—^The Secretary shall award grants 
to States, political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes, and tribal 
organizations to support the designation of hospitals and health 
centers as Emergency Mental Health Centers. 
"(b) HEALTH CENTER.—In this section, the term 'health center' 
has the meaning given such term in section 330, and includes 
community health centers and community mental health centers. 
"(c) DISTRIBUTION OF AWARDS.—^The Secretary shall ensure that 
such grants awarded under subsection (a) are equitably distributed 
among the geographical regions of the United States, between urban 
and rural populations, and between different settings of care 
including health centers, mental health centers, hospitals, and other 
psychiatric units or facilities. 
"(d) APPLICATION.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, or tribal organization that desires a grant under 
subsection (a) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1201 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the 
Secretary may require, including a plan for the rigorous evaluation 
of activities carried out with funds received under this section. 
"(e) USE OF FUNDS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, or tribal organization receiving a grant under 
subsection (a) shall use funds from such grant to establish 
or designate hospitals and health centers as Emergency Mental 
Health Centers. 
"(2) EMERGENCY MENTAL HEALTH CENTERS.—Such Emer-
gency Mental Health Centers described in paragraph (1)— 
"(A) shall— 
"(i) serve as a central receiving point in the 
community for individuals who may be in need of emer-
gency mental health services; 
"(ii) purchase, if needed, any equipment necessary 
to evaluate, diagnose and stabilize an individual with 
a mental illness; 
"(iii) provide training, if needed, to the medical 
personnel staffing the Emergency Mental 
Health 
Center to evaluate, diagnose, stabilize, and treat an 
individual with a mental illness; and 
"(iv) provide any treatment that is necessary for 
an individual with a mental illness or a referral for 
such individual to another facility where such treat-
ment may be received; and 
"(B) may establish and train a mobile crisis interven-
tion team to respond to mental health emergencies within 
the community. 
"(f) EVALUATION.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, or tribal organization that receives a grant under 
subsection (a) shall prepare and submit an evaluation to the Sec-
retary at such time, in such manner, and containing such informa-
tion as the Secretary may reasonably require, including an evalua-
tion of activities carried out with funds received under this section 
and a process and outcomes evaluation. 
"(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $25,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
fiscal years 2002 through 2003.". 
SEC. 3210. GRANTS FOR JAIL DIVERSION PROGRAMS. 
Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3209, 
is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 520G. GRANTS FOR JAIL DIVERSION PROGRAMS. 
42 USC 290bb-
38 
"(a) PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.—The Secretary shall make up to 
125 grants to States, political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes, 
and tribal organizations, acting directly or through agreements 
with other public or nonprofit entities, to develop and implement 
programs to divert individuals with a mental illness from the 
criminal justice system to community-based services. 
"(b) ADMINISTRATION.— 
"(1) CONSULTATION.—The Secretary shall consult with the 
Attorney General and any other appropriate officials in carrying 
out this section. 
114 STAT. 1202 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(2) REGULATORY AUTHORITY.—The Secretary shall issue 
regulations and guidelines necessary to carry out this section, 
including methodologies and outcome measures for evaluating 
programs carried out by States, political subdivisions of States, 
Indian tribes, and tribal organizations receiving grants under 
subsection (a). 
"(c) APPLICATIONS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^To receive a grant under subsection (a), 
the chief executive of a State, chief executive of a subdivision 
of a State, Indian tribe or tribal organization shall prepare 
and submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in 
such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
shall reasonably require. 
"(2) CONTENT.—Such application shall— 
"(A) contain an assurance that— 
"(i) community-based mental health services will 
be available for the individuals who are diverted from 
the criminal justice system, and that such services 
are based on the best known practices, reflect current 
research findings, include case management, assertive 
community treatment, medication management and 
access, integrated mental health and co-occurring sub-
stance abuse treatment, and psychiatric rehabilitation, 
and will be coordinated with social services, including 
life skills training, housing placement, vocational 
training, education job placement, and health care; 
"(ii) there has been relevant interagency collabora-
tion between the appropriate criminal justice, mental 
health, and substance abuse systems; and 
"(iii) the Federal support provided will be used 
to supplement, and not supplant. State, local, Indian 
tribe, or tribal organization sources of funding that 
would otherwise be available; 
"(B) demonstrate that the diversion program will be 
integrated with an existing system of care for those with 
mental illness; 
"(C) explain the applicant's inability to fund the pro-
gram adequately without Federal assistance; 
"(D) specify plans for obtaining necessary support and 
continuing the proposed program following the conclusion 
of Federal support; and 
"(E) describe methodology and outcome measures that 
will be used in evaluating the program. 
"(d) USE OF FUNDS.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, or tribal organization that receives a grant under 
subsection (a) may use funds received under such grant to— 
"(1) integrate the diversion program into the existing 
system of care; 
"(2) create or expand community-based mental health and 
co-occurring mental illness and substance abuse services to 
accommodate the diversion program; 
"(3) train professionals involved in the system of care, 
and law enforcement officers, attorneys, and judges; and 
"(4) provide community outreach and crisis intervention. 
"(e) FEDERAL SHARE.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall pay to a State, polit-
ical subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1203 
receiving a grant under subsection (a) the Federal share of 
the cost of activities described in the application. 
"(2) FEDERAL SHARE.—^The Federal share of a grant made 
under this section shall not exceed 75 percent of the total 
cost of the program carried out by the State, political subdivi-
sion of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization. Such share 
shall be used for new expenses of the program carried out 
by such State, political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, 
or tribal organization. 
"(3) NON-FEDERAL SHARE.—The non-Federal share of pay-
ments made under this section may be made in cash or in 
kind fairly evaluated, including planned equipment or services. 
The Secretary may waive the requirement of matching contribu-
tions. 
"(f) GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION.—The Secretary shall ensure 
that such grants awarded under subsection (a) are equitably distrib-
uted among the geographical regions of the United States and 
between urban and rural populations. 
"(g) TRAINING AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—^Training and tech-
nical assistance may be provided by the Secretary to assist a State, 
political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization 
receiving a grant under subsection (a) in establishing and operating 
a diversion program. 
"(h) EVALUATIONS.—The programs described in subsection (a) 
shall be evaluated not less than one time in every 12-month period 
using the methodology and outcome measures identified in the 
grant application. 
"(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section $10,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 
2002 through 2003.". 
SEC. 3211. IMPROVING OUTCOMES FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS 
THROUGH 
S E R V I C E S INTEGRATION BETWEEN CHILD 
WELFARE AND MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES. 
Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3210, 
is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 
520H. I M P R O V I N G OUTCOMES FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLES- 
42 USC 290bb-
C E N T S THROUGH SERVICES INTEGRATION BETWEEN 
39. 
CHILD WELFARE AND MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants, contracts 
or cooperative agreements to States, political subdivisions of States, 
Indian tribes, and tribal organizations to provide integrated child 
welfare and mental health services for children and adolescents 
under 19 years of age in the child welfare system or at risk for 
becoming part of the system, and parents or caregivers with a 
mental illness or a mental illness and a co-occurring substance 
abuse disorder. 
"(b) DURATION.—With respect to a grant, contract or cooperative 
agreement awarded under this section, the period during which 
payments under such award are made to the recipient may not 
exceed 5 years. 
"(c) APPLICATION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^To be eligible to receive an award under 
subsection (a), a State, political subdivision of a State, Indian 
tribe, or tribal organization shall submit an application to the 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
79-194 O - 00 - 11: QL 3 Part 2 
114 STAT. 1204 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied 
by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require. 
"(2) CONTENT.—^An appUcation submitted under paragraph 
(1) shall— 
"(A) describe the program to be funded under the grant, 
contract or cooperative agreement; 
"(B) explain how such program reflects best practices 
in the provision of child welfare and mental health services; 
and 
"(C) provide assurances that— 
"(i) persons providing services under the grant, 
contract or cooperative agreement are adequately 
trained to provide such services; and 
"(ii) the services will be provided in accordance 
with subsection (d). 
"(d) USE OF FUNDS.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, or tribal organization that receives a grant, contract, 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall use amounts 
made available through such grant, contract or cooperative agree-
ment to— 
"(1) provide family-centered, comprehensive, and coordi-
nated child welfare and mental health services, including 
prevention, early intervention and treatment services for chil-
dren and adolescents, and for their parents or caregivers; 
"(2) ensure a single point of access for such coordinated 
services; 
"(3) provide integrated mental health and substance abuse 
treatment for children, adolescents, and parents or caregivers 
with a mental illness and a co-occurring substance abuse dis-
order; 
"(4) provide training for the child welfare, mental health 
and substance abuse professionals who will participate in the 
program carried out under this section; 
"(5) provide technical assistance to child welfare and mental 
health agencies; 
"(6) develop cooperative efforts with other service entities 
in the community, including education, social services, juvenile 
justice, and primary health care agencies; 
"(7) coordinate services with services provided under the 
Medicaid program and the State Children's Health Insurance 
Program under titles XIX and XXI of the Social Security Act; 
"(8) provide linguistically appropriate and culturally com-
petent services; and 
"(9) evaluate the effectiveness and cost-efficiency of the 
integrated services that measure the level of coordination, out-
come measures for parents or caregivers with a mental illness 
or a mental illness and a co-occurring substance abuse disorder, 
and outcome measures for children. 
"(e) DISTRIBUTION OF AWARDS.—The Secretary shall ensure that 
grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements awarded under sub-
section (a) are equitably distributed among the geographical regions 
of the United States and between urban and rural populations. 
"(f) EVALUATION.—The Secretary shall evaluate each program 
carried out by a State, political subdivision of a State, Indian 
tribe, or tribal organization under subsection (a) and shall dissemi-
nate the findings with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate 
public and private entities. 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1205 
"(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $10,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal 
years 2002 and 2003.". 
SEC. 3212. GRANTS FOR THE INTEGRATED TREATMENT OF SERIOUS 
MENTAL 
ILLNESS AND 
CO-OCCURRING SUBSTANCE 
ABUSE. 
Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3211, 
is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 5201. GRANTS FOR THE INTEGRATED TREATMENT OF SERIOUS 
MENTAL 
ILLNESS 
AND 
CO-OCCURRING SUBSTANCE 
ABUSE. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, 
or cooperative agreements to States, political subdivisions of States, 
Indian tribes, tribal organizations, and private nonprofit organiza-
tions for the development or expansion of programs to provide 
integrated treatment services for individuals with a serious mental 
illness and a co-occurring substance abuse disorder. 
"(b) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants, contracts, and cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority 
to applicants that emphasize the provision of services for individuals 
with a serious mental illness and a co-occurring substance abuse 
disorder who— 
"(1) have a history of interactions with law enforcement 
or the criminal justice system; 
"(2) have recently been released from incarceration; 
"(3) have a history of unsuccessful treatment in either 
an inpatient or outpatient setting; 
"(4) have never followed through with outpatient services 
despite repeated referrals; or 
"(5) are homeless. 
"(c) USE OF FUNDS.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, or private nonprofit organization 
that receives a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under 
subsection (a) shall use funds received under such grant— 
"(1) to provide fully integrated services rather than serial 
or parallel services; 
"(2) to employ staff that are cross-trained in the diagnosis 
and treatment of both serious mental illness and substance 
abuse; 
"(3) to provide integrated mental health and substance 
abuse services at the same location; 
"(4) to provide services that are linguistically appropriate 
and culturally competent; 
"(5) to provide at least 10 programs for integrated treat-
ment of both mental illness and substance abuse at sites that 
previously provided only mental health services or only sub-
stance abuse services; and 
"(6) to provide services in coordination with other existing 
public and private community programs. 
"(d) CONDITION.—The Secretary shall ensure that a State, polit-
ical subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, tribal organization, or 
private nonprofit organization that receives a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) maintains the level 
of effort necessary to sustain existing mental health and substance 
42 u s e 290bb-
40. 
Contracts. 
114 STAT. 1206 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
abuse programs for other populations served by mental health 
systems in the community. 
"(e) DISTRIBUTION OF AWARDS.—The Secretary shall ensure that 
grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements awarded under sub-
section (a) are equitably distributed among the geographical regions 
of the tJnited States and between urban and rural populations. 
"(f) DURATION.—^The Secretary shall award grants, contract, 
or cooperative agreements under this subsection for a period of 
not more than 5 years. 
"(g) APPLICATION.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, or private nonprofit organization 
that desires a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this 
subsection shall prepare and submit an application to the Secretary 
at such time, in such manner, and containing such information 
as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include a 
plan for the rigorous evaluation of activities funded with an award 
under such subsection, including a process and outcomes evaluation. 
"(h) EVALUATION.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, or private nonprofit organization 
that receives a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under 
this subsection shall prepare and submit a plan for the rigorous 
evaluation of the program funded under such grant, contract, or 
agreement, including both process and outcomes evaluation, and 
the submission of an evaluation at the end of the project period. 
"(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.—There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $40,000,000 for 
fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal 
years 2002 through 2003.". 
SEC. 3213. TRAINING GRANTS. 
Subpart 3 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-31 et seq.), as amended by section 3212, 
is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
42 use 290bb- 
"SEC. 520J. TRAINING GRANTS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants in accord-
ance with the provisions of this section. 
"(b) MENTAL ILLNESS AWARENESS TRAINING GRANTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary shall award grants to 
States, political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes, tribal 
organizations, and nonprofit private entities to train teachers 
and other relevant school personnel to recognize S5nTiptoms 
of childhood and adolescent mental disorders, to refer family 
members to the appropriate mental health services if necessary, 
to train emergency services personnel to identify and appro-
priately respond to persons with a mental illness, and to provide 
education to such teachers and personnel regarding resources 
that are available in the community for individuals with a 
mental illness. 
"(2) EMERGENCY SERVICES PERSONNEL.—In this subsection, 
the term 'emergency services personnel' includes paramedics, 
firefighters, and emergency medical technicians. 
"(3) DISTRIBUTION OF AWARDS.—^The Secretary shall ensure 
that such grants awarded under this subsection are equitably 
distributed among the geographical regions of the United States 
and between urban and rural populations. 
"(4) APPLICATION.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, or nonprofit private entity 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1207 
that desires a grant under this subsection shall submit an 
application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
and containing such information as the Secretary may require, 
including a plan for the rigorous evaluation of activities that 
are carried out with funds received under a grant under this 
subsection. 
"(5) USE OF FUNDS.—^A State, political subdivision of a 
State, Indian tribe, tribal organization, or nonprofit private 
entity receiving a grant under this subsection shall use funds 
from such grant to— 
"(A) train teachers and other relevant school personnel 
to recognize symptoms of childhood and adolescent mental 
disorders and appropriately respond; 
"(B) train emergency services personnel to identify and 
appropriately respond to persons with a mental illness; 
and 
"(C) provide education to such teachers and personnel 
regarding resources that are available in the community 
for individuals with a mental illness. 
"(6) EVALUATION.—^A State, political subdivision of a State, 
Indian tribe, tribal organization, or nonprofit private entity 
that receives a grant under this subsection shall prepare and 
submit an evaluation to the Secretary at such time, in such 
manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
reasonably require, including an evaluation of activities carried 
out with funds received under the grant under this subsection 
and a process and outcome evaluation. 
"(7) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is author-
ized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection, $25,000,000 
for fiscal year 2001 and such sums as may be necessary for 
each of fiscal years 2002 through 2003.". 
TITLE XXXIII—PROVISIONS RELATING 
TO SUBSTANCE ABUSE 
SEC. 3301. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT NEEDS OF 
REGIONAL AND NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE. 
(a) RESIDENTIAL TREATMENT PROGRAMS FOR PREGNANT AND 
POSTPARTUM WOMEN.—Section 508(r) of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-l(r)) is amended to read as follows: 
"(r) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For the purpose of 
carrying out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated 
such sums as may be necessary to fiscal years 2001 through 2003.". 
(b) PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT.—Section 509 of 
the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-l) is amended 
to read as follows: 
"SEC. 509. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT NEEDS OF 42 USC 290bb-2. 
REGIONAL AND NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE. 
"(a) PROJECTS.—^The Secretary shall address priority substance 
abuse treatment needs of regional and national significance (as 
determined under subsection (b)) through the provision of or 
through assistance for— 
"(1) knowledge development and application projects for 
treatment and rehabilitation and the conduct or support of 
evaluations of such projects; 
114 STAT. 1208 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(2) training and technical assistance; and 
"(3) targeted capacity response programs. 
The Secretary may carry out the activities described in this section 
directly or through grants or cooperative agreements with States, 
political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes and tribal organiza-
tions, other public or nonprofit private entities. 
"(b) PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREATMENT NEEDS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Priority substance abuse treatment 
needs of regional and national significance shall be determined 
by the Secretary after consultation with States and other 
interested groups. The Secretary shall meet with the States 
and interested groups on an annual basis to discuss program 
priorities. 
"(2) SPECIAL CONSIDERATION.—In developing program prior-
ities under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give special 
consideration to promoting the integration of substance abuse 
treatment services into primary health care systems. 
"(c) REQUIREMENTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Recipients of grants, contracts, or 
cooperative agreements under this section shall comply with 
information and application requirements determined appro-
priate by the Secretary. 
"(2) DURATION OF AWARD.—^With respect to a grant, con-
tract, or cooperative agreement awarded under this section, 
the period during which pajnnents under such award are made 
to the recipient may not exceed 5 years. 
"(3) MATCHING FUNDS.—^The Secretary may, for projects 
carried out under subsection (a), require that entities that 
apply for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under 
that project provide non-Federal matching funds, as determined 
appropriate by the Secretary, to ensure the institutional 
commitment of the entity to the projects funded under the 
grant, contract, or cooperative agreement. Such non-Federal 
matching funds may be provided directly or through donations 
from public or private entities and may be in cash or in kind, 
fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. 
"(4) MAINTENANCE OF EFFORT.—^With respect to activities 
for which a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement is 
awarded under this section, the Secretary may require that 
recipients for specific projects under subsection (a) agree to 
maintain expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activi-
ties at a level that is not less than the level of such expenditures 
maintained by the entity for the fiscal year preceding the 
fiscal year for which the entity receives such a grant, contract, 
or cooperative agreement. 
"(d) EVALUATION.—^The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a)(1) and shall disseminate the 
findings with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public 
and private entities. 
"(e) INFORMATION AND EDUCATION.—The Secretary shall estab-
lish comprehensive information and education programs to dissemi-
nate and apply the findings of the knowledge development and 
application, training and technical assistance programs, and tar-
geted capacity response programs under this section to the general 
public, to health professionals and other interested groups. The 
Secretary shall make every effort to provide linkages between the 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1209 
findings of supported projects and State agencies responsible for 
carrying out substance abuse prevention and treatment programs. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $300,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
fiscal years 2002 and 2003.". 
(c) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—The following sections of the 
Public Health Service Act are repealed: 
(1) Section 510 (42 U.S.C. 290bb-3). 
(2) Section 511 (42 U.S.C. 290bb-4). 
(3) Section 512 (42 U.S.C. 290bb-5). 
(4) Section 571 (42 U.S.C. 290gg). 
SEC. 3302. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION NEEDS OF 
REGIONAL AND NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Section 516 of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-l) is amended to read as follows: 
"SEC. 516. PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION NEEDS OF 42 USC 290bl>-
REGIONAL AND NATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE. 
22. 
"(a) PROJECTS.—^The Secretary shall address priority substance 
abuse prevention needs of regional and national significance (as 
determined under subsection (b)) through the provision of or 
through assistance for— 
"(1) knowledge development and application projects for 
prevention and the conduct or support of evaluations of such 
projects; 
"(2) training and technical assistance; and 
"(3) targeted capacity response programs. 
The Secretary may carry out the activities described in this section 
directly or through grants or cooperative agreements with States, 
political subdivisions of States, Indian tribes and tribal organiza-
tions, or other public or nonprofit private entities. 
"(b) PRIORITY SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION NEEDS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Priority substance abuse prevention 
needs of regional and national significance shall be determined 
by the Secretary in consultation with the States and other 
interested groups. The Secretary shall meet with the States 
and interested groups on an annual basis to discuss program 
priorities. 
"(2) SPECIAL CONSIDERATION.—In developing program prior-
ities under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall give special 
consideration to— 
"(A) applying the most promising strategies and 
research-based primary prevention approaches; and 
"(B) promoting the integration of substance abuse 
prevention information and activities into primary health 
care systems. 
"(c) REQUIREMENTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Recipients of grants, contracts, and 
cooperative agreements under this section shall comply with 
information and application requirements determined appro-
priate by the Secretary. 
"(2) DURATION OF AWARD.—^With respect to a grant, con-
tract, or cooperative agreement awarded under this section, 
the period during which pajonents under such award are made 
to the recipient may not exceed 5 years. 
114 STAT. 1210 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(3) MATCHING FUNDS.—The Secretary may, for projects 
carried out under subsection (a), require that entities that 
apply for grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under 
that/project provide non-Federal matching funds, as determined 
appropriate by the Secretary, to ensure the institutional 
coi;nmitment of the entity to the projects funded under the 
grant, contract, or cooperative agreement. Such non-Federal 
matching funds may be provided directly or through donations 
from public or private entities and may be in cash or in kind, 
fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. 
"(4) MAINTENANCE OF EFFORT.—With respect to activities 
for which a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement is 
awarded under this section, the Secretary may require that 
recipients for specific projects under subsection (a) agree to 
maintain expenditures of non-Federal amounts for such activi-
ties at a level that is not less than the level of such expenditures 
maintained by the entity for the fiscal year preceding the 
fiscal year for which the entity receives such a grant, contract, 
or cooperative agreement. 
"(d) EVALUATION.—The Secretary shall evaluate each project 
carried out under subsection (a)(1) and shall disseminate the 
findings with respect to each such evaluation to appropriate public 
and private entities. 
"(e) INFORMATION AND EDUCATION.—^The Secretary shall estab-
lish comprehensive information and education programs to dissemi-
nate the findings of the knowledge development and application, 
training and technical assistance programs, and targeted capacity 
response programs under this section to the general public and 
to health professionals. The Secretary shall make every effort to 
provide linkages between the findings of supported projects and 
State agencies responsible for carrying out substance abuse preven-
tion and treatment programs. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $300,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 
fiscal years 2002 and 2003.". 
(b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 518 of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb-24) is repealed. 
SEC. 
3303. 
SUBSTANCE ABUSE 
PREVENTION AND TREATMENT 
PERFORMANCE PARTNERSHIP BLOCK GRANT. 
(a) ALLOCATION REGARDING ALCOHOL AND OTHER DRUGS.— 
Section 1922 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-
22) is amended by— 
(1) striking subsection (a); and 
(2) redesignating subsections (b) and (c) as subsections 
(a) and (b). 
(b) GROUP HOMES FOR RECOVERING SUBSTANCE ABUSERS.— 
Section 1925(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-
25(a)) is amended by striking "For fiscal year 1993" and all that 
follows through the colon and inserting the following: "A State, 
using funds available under section 1921, may establish and main-
tain the ongoing operation of a revolving fund in accordance with 
this section to support group homes for recovering substance 
abusers as follows:". 
(c) MAINTENANCE OF EFFORT.—Section 1930 of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-30) is amended— 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1211 
(1) by redesignating subsections (b) and (c) as subsections 
(c) and (d) respectively; and 
(2) by inserting after subsection (a), the following: 
"(b) EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN 
FUNDS.—The Secretary 
may 
exclude from the aggregate State expenditures under subsection 
(a), funds appropriated to the principle agency for authorized activi-
ties which are of a non-recurring nature and for a specific purpose.". 
(d) APPLICATIONS FOR GRANTS.—Section 1932(a)(1) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-32(a)(l)) is amended to read 
as follows: 
"(1) the application is received by the Secretary not later 
than October 1 of the fiscal year for which the State is seeking 
funds;". 
(e) WAIVER FOR TERRITORIES.—Section 1932(c) of the Public 
Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-32(c)) is amended by striking 
"whose allotment under section 1921 for the fiscal year is the 
amount specified in section 1933(c)(2)(B)" and inserting "except 
Puerto Rico". 
(f) WAIVER AUTHORITY FOR CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—Section 1932 of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 300X-32) is amended by adding at the end 
the following: 
"(e) WAIVER AUTHORITY FOR CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Upon the request of a State, the Sec-
retary may waive the requirements of all or part of the sections 
described in paragraph (2) using objective criteria established 
by the Secretary by regulation after consultation with the 
States and other interested parties including consumers and 
providers. 
"(2) SECTIONS.—The sections described in paragraph (1) 
are sections 1922(c), 1923, 1924 and 1928. 
"(3) DATE CERTAIN FOR ACTING UPON REQUEST.—^The Sec-
retary shall approve or deny a request for a waiver under 
paragraph (1) and inform the State of that decision not later 
than 120 days after the date on which the request and all 
the information needed to support the request are submitted. 
"(4) ANNUAL 
REPORTING REQUIREMENT.—The 
Secretary 
shall annually report to the general public on the States that 
receive a waiver under this subsection.". 
(2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Effective upon the publica- Effective date, 
tion of the regulations developed in accordance with section 42USC300x-22 
1932(e)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x- 
''°*^-
32(d))— 
(A) section 1922(c) of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 300x-22(c)) is amended by— 
(i) striking paragraph (2); and 
(ii) redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (2); 
and 
(B) section 1928(d) of the Public Health Service Act 
(42 U.S.C. 300x-28(d)) is repealed. 
(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.—Section 1935 of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-35) is amended— 
(1) in subsection (a), by striking "$1,500,000,000" and all 
that follows through the end and inserting "$2,000,000,000 
for fiscal year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for 
each of the fiscal years 2002 and 2003."; 
114 STAT. 1212 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
(2) in subsection (b)(1), by striking "section 505" and 
inserting "sections 505 and 1971"; 
(3) in subsection (b)(2), by striking "1949(a)" and inserting 
"1948(a)"; and 
(4) in subsection (b), by adding at the end the following: 
"(3) CORE DATA SET.—^A State that receives a new grant, 
contract, or cooperative agreement from amounts available to 
the Secretary under paragraph (1), for the purposes of 
improving the data collection, analysis and reporting capabili-
ties of the State, shall be required, as a condition of receipt 
of funds, to collect, analyze, and report to the Secretary for 
each fiscal year subsequent to receiving such funds a core 
data set to be determined by the Secretary in conjunction 
with the States.". 
SEC. 3304. DETERMINATION OF ALLOTMENTS. 
Section 1933(b) of the Pubhc Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
300x-33(b)) is amended to read as follows: 
"(b) MINIMUM ALLOTMENTS FOR STATES.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^With respect to fiscal year 2000, and 
each subsequent fiscal year, the amount of the allotment of 
a State under section 1921 shall not be less than the amount 
the State received under such section for the previous fiscal 
year increased by an amount equal to 30.65 percent of the 
percentage by which the aggregate amount allotted to all States 
for such fiscal year exceeds the aggregate amount allotted 
to all States for the previous fiscal year. 
"(2) LIMITATIONS.— 
"(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraph 
(B), a State shall not receive an allotment under section 
1921 for a fiscal year in an amount that is less than 
an amount equal to 0.375 percent of the amount appro-
priated under section 1935(a) for such fiscal year. 
"(B) EXCEPTION.—In applying subparagraph (A), the 
Secretary shall ensure that no State receives an increase 
in its allotment under section 1921 for a fiscal year (as 
compared to the amount allotted to the State in the prior 
fiscal year) that is in excess of an amount equal to 300 
percent of the percentage by which the amount appro-
priated under section 1935(a) for such fiscal year exceeds 
the amount appropriated for the prior fiscal year. 
"(3) 
DECREASE IN OR EQUAL APPROPRIATIONS.—If 
the 
amount appropriated under section 1935(a) for a fiscal year 
is equal to or less than the amount appropriated under such 
section for the prior fiscal year, the amount of the State allot-
ment under section 1921 shall be equal to the amount that 
the State received under section 1921 in the prior fiscal year 
decreased by the percentage by which the amount appropriated 
for such fiscal year is less than the amount appropriated or 
such section for the prior fiscal year.". 
SEC. 3305. NONDISCRIMINATION AND INSTITUTIONAL SAFEGUARDS 
FOR RELIGIOUS PROVIDERS. 
Subpart III of part B of title XIX of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 300X-51 et seq.) is amended by adding at the 
end the following: 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1213 
"SEC. 1955. SERVICES PROVIDED BY NONGOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZA- 
42 USC 300x-65. 
TIONS. 
"(a) PURPOSES.—The purposes of this section are— 
"(1) to prohibit discrimination against nongovernmental 
organizations and certain individuals on the basis of religion 
in the distribution of government funds to provide substance 
abuse services under this title and title V, and the receipt 
of services under such titles; and 
"(2) to allow the organizations to accept the funds to provide 
the services to the individuals without impairing the religious 
character of the organizations or the religious freedom of the 
individuals. 
"(b) RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS INCLUDED AS NONGOVERN-
MENTAL PROVIDERS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^A State may administer and provide 
substance abuse services under any program under this title 
or title V through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements 
to provide assistance to beneficiaries under such titles with 
nongovernmental organizations. 
"(2) REQUIREMENT.—^A State that elects to utilize non-
governmental organizations as provided for under paragraph 
(1) shall consider, on the same basis as other nongovernmental 
organizations, religious organizations to provide services under 
substance abuse programs under this title or title V, so long 
as the programs under such titles are implemented in a manner 
consistent with the Establishment Clause of the first amend-
ment to the Constitution. Neither the Federal Government 
nor a State or local government receiving funds under such 
programs shall discriminate against an organization that pro-
vides services under, or applies to provide services under, such 
programs, on the basis that the organization has a religious 
character. 
"(c) RELIGIOUS CHARACTER AND INDEPENDENCE.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^A religious organization that provides 
services under any substance abuse program under this title 
or title V shall retain its independence from Federal, State, 
and local governments, including such organization's control 
over the definition, development, practice, and expression of 
its religious beliefs. 
"(2) 
ADDITIONAL 
SAFEGUARDS.—Neither 
the 
Federal 
Government nor a State or local government shall require 
a religious organization— 
"(A) to alter its form of internal governance; or 
"(B) to remove religious art, icons, scripture, or other 
symbols, 
in order to be eligible to provide services under any substance 
abuse program under this title or title V. 
"(d) EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES.— 
"(1) SUBSTANCE ABUSE.—^A religious organization that pro-
vides services under any substance abuse program under this 
title or title V may require that its employees providing services 
under such program adhere to rules forbidding the use of 
drugs or alcohol. 
"(2) TITLE VII EXEMPTION.—The exemption of a religious 
organization provided under section 702 or 703(e)(2) of the 
Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000e-l, 2000e-2(e)(2)) 
regarding emplojonent practices shall not be affected by the 
114 STAT. 1214 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
religious organization's provision of services under, or receipt 
of funds from, any substance abuse program under this title 
or title V. 
"(e) RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES OF ASSISTANCE.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—If an individual described in paragraph 
(3) has an objection to the religious character of the organization 
from which the individual receives, or would receive, services 
funded under any substance abuse program under this title 
or title V, the appropriate Federal, State, or local governmental 
entity shall provide to such individual (if otherwise eligible 
for such services) within a reasonable period of time after 
the date of such objection, services that— 
"(A) are from an alternative provider that is accessible 
to the individual; and 
"(B) have a value that is not less than the value 
of the services that the individual would have received 
from such organization. 
"(2) NOTICE.—^The appropriate Federal, State, or local 
governmental entity shall ensure that notice is provided to 
individuals described in paragraph (3) of the rights of such 
individuals under this section. 
"(3) INDIVIDUAL DESCRIBED.—An individual described in 
this paragraph is an individual who receives or applies for 
services under any substance abuse program under this title 
or title V. 
"(f) NONDISCRIMINATION AGAINST BENEFICIARIES.—^A religious 
organization providing services through a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under any substance abuse program under 
this title or title V shall not discriminate, in carrying out such 
program, against an individual described in subsection (e)(3) on 
the basis of religion, a religious belief, a refusal to hold a religious 
belief, or a refusal to actively participate in a religious practice. 
"(g) FISCAL ACCOUNTABILITY.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), 
any religious organization providing services under any sub-
stance abuse program under this title or title V shall be subject 
to the same regulations as other nongovernmental organiza-
tions to account in accord with generally accepted accounting 
principles for the use of such funds provided under such pro-
gram. 
"(2) LIMITED AUDIT.—Such organization shall segregate 
government funds provided under such substance abuse pro-
gram into a separate account. Only the government funds shall 
be subject to audit by the government. 
"(h) COMPLIANCE.—^Any party that seeks to enforce such party's 
rights under this section may assert a civil action for injunctive 
relief exclusively in an appropriate Federal or State court against 
the entity, agency or official that allegedly commits such violation. 
"(i) LIMITATIONS ON USE OF FUNDS FOR CERTAIN PURPOSES.— 
No funds provided through a grant or contract to a religious 
organization to provide services under any substance abuse program 
under this title or title V shall be expended for sectarian worship, 
instruction, or proselytization. 
"(j) EFFECT ON STATE AND LOCAL FUNDS.—If a State or local 
government contributes State or local funds to carry out any sub-
stance abuse program under this title or title V, the State or 
local government may segregate the State or local funds from the 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1215 
Federal funds provided to carry out the program or may commingle 
the State or local funds with the Federal funds. If the State or 
local government commingles the State or local funds, the provisions 
of this section shall apply to the commingled funds in the same 
manner, and to the same extent, as the provisions apply to the 
Federal funds. 
"(k) TREATMENT OF INTERMEDIATE CONTRACTORS.—If a non-
governmental organization (referred to in this subsection as an 
'intermediate organization'), acting under a contract or other agree-
ment with the Federal Government or a State or local government, 
is given the authority under the contract or agreement to select 
nongovernmental organizations to provide services under any sub-
stance abuse program under this title or title V, the intermediate 
organization shall have the same duties under this section as the 
government but shall retain all other rights of a nongovernmental 
organization under this section.". 
SEC. 3306. ALCOHOL AND DRUG PREVENTION OR TREATMENT SERV-
ICES FOR INDIANS AND NATIVE ALASKANS. 
Part A of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
290aa et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 506A. ALCOHOL AND DRUG PREVENTION OR TREATMENT SERV-
ICES FOR INDIANS AND NATIVE ALASKANS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, 
or cooperative agreements to public and private nonprofit entities, 
including Native Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal 
organizations, for the purpose of providing alcohol and drug preven-
tion or treatment services for Indians and Native Alaskans. 
"(b) PRIORITY.—In awarding grants, contracts, or cooperative 
agreements under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority 
to applicants that— 
"(1) propose to provide alcohol and drug prevention or 
treatment services on reservations; 
"(2) propose to employ culturally-appropriate approaches, 
as determined by the Secretary, in providing such services; 
and 
"(3) have provided prevention or treatment services to 
Native Alaskan entities and Indian tribes and tribal organiza-
tions for at least 1 year prior to applying for a grant under 
this section. 
"(c) DURATION.—The Secretary shall award grants, contracts, 
or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) for a period not 
to exceed 5 years. 
"(d) APPLICATION.—An entity desiring a grant, contract, or 
cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit an applica-
tion to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied 
by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require. 
"(e) EVALUATION.—^An entity that receives a grant, contract, 
or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall submit, in 
the application for such grant, a plan for the evaluation of any 
project undertaken with funds provided under this section. Such 
entity shall provide the Secretary with periodic evaluations of the 
progress of such project and such evaluation at the completion 
of such project as the Secretary determines to be appropriate. 
The final evaluation submitted by such entity shall include a rec-
ommendation as to whether such project shall continue. 
42 u s e 290aa-
5a. 
Grants. 
Contracts. 
114 STAT. 1216 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Deadline. 
"(f) REPORT.—^Not later than 3 years after the date of the 
enactment of this section and annually thereafter, the Secretary 
shall prepare and submit, to the Committee on Health, Education, 
Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a report describing the services 
provided pursuant to this section. 
"(g) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section, $15,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 
2002 and 2003.". 
25 use 1671 
SEC. 3307. ESTABLISHMENT OF COMMISSION. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—^There is established a commission to be 
known as the Commission on Indian and Native Alaskan Health 
Care that shall examine the health concerns of Indians and Native 
Alaskans who reside on reservations and tribal lands (hereafter 
in this section referred to as the "Commission"). 
(b) MEMBERSHIP.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Commission established under sub-
section (a) shall consist of— 
(A) the Secretary; 
(B) 15 members who are experts in the health care 
field and issues that the Commission is established to 
examine; and 
(C) the Director of the Indian Health Service and the 
Commissioner of Indian Affairs, who shall be nonvoting 
members. 
(2) APPOINTING AUTHORITY.—Of the 
15 members of 
the 
Commission described in paragraph (1)(B)— 
(A) two shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House 
of Representatives; 
(B) two shall be appointed by the Minority Leader 
of the House of Representatives; 
(C) two shall be appointed by the Majority Leader 
of the Senate; 
(D) two shall be appointed by the Minority Leader 
of the Senate; and 
(E) seven shall be appointed by the Secretary. 
(3) LIMITATION.—Not fewer than 10 of the members 
appointed to the Commission shall be Indians or Native Alas-
kans. 
(4) CHAIRPERSON.—^The Secretary shall serve as the Chair-
person of the Commission. 
(5) EXPERTS.—The Commission may seek the expertise of 
any expert in the health care field to carry out its duties. 
(c) PERIOD OF APPOINTMENT.—^Members shall be appointed for 
the life of the Commission. Any vacancy in the Commission shall 
not affect its powers, but shall be filed in the same manner as 
the original appointment. 
(d) DUTIES OF THE COMMISSION.—^The Commission shall— 
(1) study the health concerns of Indians and Native Alas-
kans; and 
(2) prepare the reports described in subsection (i). 
(e) POWERS OF THE COMMISSION.— 
(1) HEARINGS.—^The Commission may hold such hearings, 
including hearings on reservations, sit and act at such times 
and places, take such testimony, and receive such information 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1217 
as the Commission considers advisable to carry out the purpose 
for which the Commission was estabUshed. 
(2) INFORMATION FROM FEDERAL AGENCIES.—^The Commis-
sion may secure directly from any Federal department or agency 
such information as the Commission considers necessary to 
carry out the purpose for which the Commission was estab-
lished. Upon request of the Chairperson of the Commission, 
the head of such department or agency shall furnish such 
information to the Commission. 
(f) COMPENSATION OF MEMBERS.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraph (B), 
each member of the Commission may be compensated at a 
rate not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate 
of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule 
under section 5315 of title 5, United States Code, for each 
day (including travel time), during which that member is 
engaged in the actual performance of the duties of the Commis-
sion. 
(2) LIMITATION.—^Members of the Commission who are offi-
cers or employees of the United States shall receive no addi-
tional pay on account of their service on the Commission. 
(g) TRAVEL EXPENSES OF MEMBERS.—^The members of the 
Commission shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem 
in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies 
under section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, while away 
from their homes or regular places of business in the performance 
of services for the Commission. 
(h) COMMISSION PERSONNEL MATTERS.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary, in accordance with rules 
established by the Commission, may select and appoint a staff 
director and other personnel necessary to enable the Commis-
sion to carry out its duties. 
(2) 
COMPENSATION OF PERSONNEL.—The Secretary, in 
accordance with rules established by the Commission, may 
set the amount of compensation to be paid to the staff director 
and any other personnel that serve the Commission. 
(3) DETAIL OF GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES.—^Any Federal 
Government employee may be detailed to the Commission with-
out reimbursement, and the detail shall be without interruption 
or loss of civil service status or privilege. 
(4) 
CONSULTANT 
SERVICES.—The 
Chairperson 
of 
the 
Commission is authorized to procure the temporary and inter-
mittent services of experts and consultants in accordance with 
section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, at rates not to 
exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay 
prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 
5315 of such title. 
(i) REPORT.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 3 years after the date Deadline, 
of the enactment of the Youth Drug and Mental Health Services 
Act, the Secretary shall prepare and submit, to the Committee 
on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a 
report that shall— 
(A) detail the health problems faced by Indians and 
Native Alaskans who reside on reservations; 
(B) examine and explain the causes of such problems; 
114 STAT. 1218 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
(C) describe the health care services available to 
Indians and Native Alaskans who reside on reservations 
and the adequacy of such services; 
(D) identify the reasons for the provision of inadequate 
health care services for Indians and Native Alaskans who 
reside on reservations, including the availability of 
resources; 
(E) develop measures for tracking the health status 
of Indians and Native Americans who reside on reserva-
tions; and 
(F) make recommendations for improvements in the 
health care services provided for Indians and Native Alas-
kans who reside on reservations, including recommenda-
tions for legislative change. 
(2) EXCEPTION.—In addition to the report required under 
paragraph (1), not later than 2 years after the date of the 
enactment of the Youth Drug and Mental Health Services Act, 
the Secretary shall prepare and submit, to the Committee on 
Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, a report 
that describes any alcohol and drug abuse among Indians and 
Native Alaskans who reside on reservations, 
(j) 
PERMANENT 
COMMISSION.—Section 14 of the Federal 
Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the 
Commission. 
(k) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for fiscal 
year 2001, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 
2002 and 2003. 
TITLE XXXIV—PROVISIONS RELATING 
TO FLEXIBILITY AND ACCOUNTABILITY 
SEC. 3401. GENERAL AUTHORITIES AND PEER REVIEW. 
(a) GENERAL AUTHORITIES.—Paragraph (1) of section 501(e) 
of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa(e)) is amended 
to read as follows: 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—There may be in the Administration 
an Associate Administrator for Alcohol Prevention and Treat-
ment Policy to whom the Administrator may delegate the func-
tions of promoting, monitoring, and evaluating service programs 
for the prevention and treatment of alcoholism and alcohol 
abuse within the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention, the 
Center for Substance Abuse Treatment and the Center for 
Mental Health Services, and coordinating such programs among 
the Centers, and among the Centers and other public and 
private entities. The Associate Administrator also may ensure 
that alcohol prevention, education, and policy strategies are 
integrated into all programs of the Centers that address sub-
stance abuse prevention, education, and policy, and that the 
Center for Substance Abuse Prevention addresses the Healthy 
People 2010 goals and the National Dietary Guidelines of the 
Department of Health and Human Services and the Department 
of Agriculture related to alcohol consumption.". 
(b) PEER REVIEW.—Section 504 of the PubHc Health Service 
(42 U.S.C. 290aa-3) is amended as follows: 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1219 
"SEC. 504. PEER REVIEW. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary, after consultation with the Grants. 
Administrator, shall require appropriate peer review of grants, Contracts. 
cooperative agreements, and contracts to be administered through 
the agency which exceed the simple acquisition threshold as defined 
in section 4(11) of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act. 
"(b) MEMBERS.—^The members of any peer review group estab-
lished under subsection (a) shall be individuals who by virtue 
of their training or experience are eminently qualified to perform 
the review functions of the group. Not more than one-fourth of 
the members of any such peer review group shall be officers or 
employees of the United States. 
"(c) ADVISORY COUNCIL REVIEW.—If the direct cost of a grant 
or cooperative agreement (described in subsection (a)) exceeds the 
simple acquisition threshold as defined by section 4(11) of the 
Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act, the Secretary may make 
such a grant or cooperative agreement only if such grant or coopera-
tive agreement is recommended— 
"(1) after peer review required under subsection (a); and 
"(2) by the appropriate advisory council. 
"(d) CONDITIONS.—The Secretary may establish limited excep-
tions to the limitations contained in this section regarding participa-
tion of Federal employees and advisory council approval. The cir-
cumstances under which the Secretary may make such an exception 
shall be made public". 
SEC. 3402. ADVISORY COUNCILS. 
Section 502(e) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
290aa-l(e)) is amended in the first sentence by striking "3 times" 
and inserting "2 times". 
SEC. 3403. GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR THE PERFORMANCE PARTNER-
SHIP BLOCK GRANTS. 
(a) PLANS FOR PERFORMANCE PARTNERSHIPS.—Section 1949 of 
the Pubhc Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-59) is amended 
as follows: 
"SEC. 1949. PLANS FOR PERFORMANCE PARTNERSHIPS. 
"(a) DEVELOPMENT.—^The Secretary in conjunction with States 
and other interested groups shall develop separate plans for the 
programs authorized under subparts I and II for creating more 
flexibility for States and accountability based on outcome and other 
performance measures. The plans shall each include— 
"(1) a description of the flexibility that would be given 
to the States under the plan; 
"(2) the common set of performance measures that would 
be used for accountability, including measures that would be 
used for the program under subpart II for pregnant addicts, 
HIV transmission, tuberculosis, and those with a co-occurring 
substance abuse and mental disorders, and for programs under 
subpart I for children with serious emotional disturbance and 
adults with serious mental illness and for individuals with 
co-occurring mental health and substance abuse disorders; 
"(3) the definitions for the data elements to be used under 
the plan; 
"(4) the obstacles to implementation of the plan and the 
manner in which such obstacles would be resolved; 
114 STAT. 1220 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
"(5) the resources needed to implement the performance 
partnerships under the plan; and 
"(6) an implementation 
strategy complete 
with 
rec-
ommendations for any necessary legislation. 
Deadline. 
"(b) SUBMISSION.—Not later than 2 years after the date of 
the enactment of this Act, the plans developed under subsection 
(a) shall be submitted to the Committee on Health, Education, 
Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Commerce 
of the House of Representatives. 
"(c) INFORMATION.—^As the elements of the plans described in 
subsection (a) are developed. States are encouraged to provide 
information to the Secretary on a voluntary basis. 
"(d) PARTICIPANTS.—The Secretary shall include among those 
interested groups that participate in the development of the plan 
consumers of mental health or substance abuse services, providers, 
representatives of political divisions of States, and representatives 
of racial and ethnic groups including Native Americans.". 
(b) AVAILABILITY TO STATES OF GRANT PROGRAMS.—Section 
1952 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-62) is 
amended as follows: 
"SEC. 1952. AVAILABILITY TO STATES OF GRANT PAYMENTS. 
"Any amounts paid to a State for a fiscal year under section 
1911 or 1921 shall be available for obligation and expenditure 
until the end of the fiscal year following the fiscal year for which 
the amounts were paid.". 
SEC. 3404. DATA INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS. 
Part C of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 
SOOy et seq.) is amended— 
(1) by striking the headings for part C and subpart I 
and inserting the following: 
"PART C—CERTAIN PROGRAMS REGARDING 
MENTAL HEALTH AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE 
"Subpart I—^Data Infrastructure Development"; 
(2) by striking section 1971 (42 U.S.C. SOOy) and inserting 
the following: 
"SEC. 1971. DATA INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—^The Secretary may make grants to, and 
enter into contracts or cooperative agreements with States for the 
purpose of developing and operating mental health or substance 
abuse data collection, analysis, and reporting systems with regard 
to performance measures including capacity, process, and outcomes 
measures. 
"(b) PROJECTS.—^The Secretary shall establish criteria to ensure 
that services will be available under this section to States that 
have a fundamental basis for the collection, analysis, and reporting 
of mental health and substance abuse performance measures and 
States that do not have such basis. The Secretary will establish 
criteria for determining whether a State has a fundamental basis 
for the collection, analysis, and reporting of data. 
"(c) CONDITION OF RECEIPT OF FUNDS.—AS a condition of the 
receipt of an award under this section a State shall agree to collect, 
analyze, and report to the Secretary within 2 years of the date 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1221 
of the award on a core set of performance measures to be determined 
by the Secretary in conjunction with the States. 
"(d) MATCHING REQUIREMENT.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^With respect to the costs of the program 
to be carried out under subsection (a) by a State, the Secretary 
may make an award under such subsection only if the appUcant 
agrees to make available (directly or through donations from 
public or private entities) non-Federal contributions toward 
such costs in an amount that is not less than 50 percent 
of such costs. 
"(2) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT CONTRIBUTED.—Non-Fed-
eral contributions under paragraph (1) may be in cash or in 
kind, fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment, or services. 
Amounts provided by the Federal Government, or services 
assisted or subsidized to any significant extent by the Federal 
Government, may not be included in determining the amount 
of such contributions. 
"(e) DURATION OF SUPPORT.—^The period during which pa3anents 
may be made for a project under subsection (a) may be not less 
than 3 years nor more than 5 years. 
"(f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATION.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—For the purpose of carr5dng out this 
section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums 
as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001, 2002 
and 2003. 
"(2) ALLOCATION.—Of the amounts appropriated under 
paragraph (1) for a fiscal year, 50 percent shall be expended 
to support data infrastructure development for mental health 
and 50 percent shall be expended to support data infrastructure 
development for substance abuse.". 
SEC. 3405. REPEAL OF OBSOLETE ADDICT REFERRAL PROVISIONS. 
(a) 
REPEAL 
OF OBSOLETE 
PUBLIC 
HEALTH 
SERVICE ACT 
AUTHORITIES.—Part E of title III (42 U.S.C. 257 et seq.) is repealed. 
(b) REPEAL OF OBSOLETE N A R A AUTHORITIES.—Titles III 
and 
IV of the Narcotic Addict Rehabilitation Act of 1966 (Public Law 
89-793) are repealed. 
(c) REPEAL OF OBSOLETE TITLE 28 AUTHORITIES.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—Chapter 175 of title 28, United States 
Code, is repealed. 
(2) TABLE OF CONTENTS.—^The table of contents to part 
VI of title 28, United States Code, is amended by striking 
the items relating to chapter 175. 
SEC. 3406. INDIVIDUALS WITH CO-OCCURRING DISORDERS. 
The Public Health Service Act is amended by inserting after 
section 503 (42 U.S.C. 290aa-2) the following: 
"SEC. 503A. REPORT ON INDIVIDUALS WITH CO-OCCURRING MENTAL 
ILLNESS AND SUBSTANCE ABUSE DISORDERS. 
"(a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 2 years after the date of Deadline, 
the enactment of this section, the Secretary shall, after consultation 
with organizations representing States, mental health and sub-
stance abuse treatment providers, prevention specialists, individ-
uals receiving treatment services, and family members of such 
individuals, prepare and submit to the Committee on Health, Edu-
cation, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on 
Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report on prevention 
42 
use 
3411-
3426, 
3441. 
28 
use 
2901-
2906. 
42 
use 
290aa-
2a. 
114 STAT. 1222 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
42 u s e 300X-66. 
and treatment services for individuals who have co-occurring mental 
illness and substance abuse disorders. 
"(b) REPORT CONTENT.—^The report under subsection (a) shall 
be based on data collected from existing Federal and State surveys 
regarding the treatment of co-occurring mental illness and sub-
stance abuse disorders and shall include— 
"(1) a summary of the manner in which individuals with 
co-occurring disorders are receiving treatment, including the 
most up-to-date information available regarding the number 
of children and adults with co-occurring mental illness and 
substance abuse disorders and the manner in which funds 
provided under sections 1911 and 1921 are being utilized, 
including the number of such children and adults served with 
such funds; 
"(2) a summary of improvements necessary to ensure that 
individuals with co-occurring mental illness and substance 
abuse disorders receive the services they need; 
"(3) a summary of practices for preventing substance abuse 
among individuals who have a mental illness and are at risk 
of having or acquiring a substance abuse disorder; and 
"(4) a summary of evidenced-based practices for treating 
individuals with co-occurring mental illness and substance 
abuse disorders and recommendations for implementing such 
practices. 
"(c) FUNDS FOR REPORT.—The Secretary may obligate funds 
to carry out this section with such appropriations as are available.". 
SEC. 3407. SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH CO-OCCURRING DIS-
ORDERS. 
Subpart III of part B of title XIX of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 300X-51 et seq.) (as amended by section 3305) 
is further amended by adding at the end the following: 
"SEC. 1956. SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH CO-OCCURRING DIS-
ORDERS. 
"States may use funds available for treatment under sections 
1911 and 1921 to treat persons with co-occurring substance abuse 
and mental disorders as long as funds available under such sections 
are used for the purposes for which they were authorized by law 
and can be tracked for accounting purposes.". 
Drug Addiction 
Treatment Act of 
2000. 
TITLE XXXV—WAIVER AUTHORITY FOR 
PHYSICIANS WHO DISPENSE OR PRE-
SCRIBE CERTAIN NARCOTIC DRUGS 
FOR MAINTENANCE TREATMENT OR 
DETOXIFICATION TREATMENT 
21 u s e 801 note. 
SEC. 3501. SHORT TITLE. 
This title may be cited as the "Drug Addiction Treatment 
Act of 2000". 
SEC. 3502. AMENDMENT TO CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES ACT. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Section 303(g) of the Controlled Substances 
Act (21 U.S.C. 823(g)) is amended— 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1223 
(1) in paragraph (2), by striking "(A) security" and inserting 
"(i) security", and by striking "(B) the maintenance" and 
inserting "(ii) the maintenance"; 
(2) by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (3) as subpara-
graphs (A) through (C), respectively; 
(3) by inserting "(1)" after "(g)"; 
(4) by striking "Practitioners who dispense" and inserting 
"Except as provided in paragraph (2), practitioners who dis-
pense"; and 
(5) by adding at the end the following paragraph: 
"(2)(A) Subject to subparagraphs (D) and (J), the requirements 
of paragraph (1) are waived in the case of the dispensing (including 
the prescribing), by a practitioner, of narcotic drugs in schedule 
III, IV, or V or combinations of such drugs if the practitioner 
meets the conditions specified in subparagraph (B) and the narcotic 
drugs or combinations of such drugs meet the conditions specified 
in subparagraph (C). 
"(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the conditions specified 
in this subparagraph with respect to a practitioner are that, before 
the initial dispensing of narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or 
V or combinations of such drugs to patients for maintenance or 
detoxification treatment, the practitioner submit to the Secretary 
a notification of the intent of the practitioner to begin dispensing 
the drugs or combinations for such purpose, and that the notification 
contain the following certifications by the practitioner: 
"(i) The practitioner is a qualifying physician (as defined 
in subparagraph (G)). 
"(ii) With respect to patients to whom the practitioner 
will provide such drugs or combinations of drugs, the practi-
tioner has the capacity to refer the patients for appropriate 
counseling and other appropriate ancillary services. 
"(iii) In any case in which the practitioner is not in a 
group practice, the total number of such patients of the practi-
tioner at any one time will not exceed the applicable number. 
For purposes of this clause, the applicable number is 30, except 
that the Secretary may by regulation change such total number. 
"(iv) In any case in which the practitioner is in a group 
practice, the total number of such patients of the group practice 
at any one time will not exceed the applicable number. For 
purposes of this clause, the applicable number is 30, except 
that the Secretary may by regulation change such total number, 
and the Secretary for such purposes may by regulation establish 
different categories on the basis of the number of practitioners 
in a group practice and establish for the various categories 
different numerical limitations on the number of such patients 
that the group practice may have. 
"(C) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the conditions specified 
in this subparagraph with respect to narcotic drugs in schedule 
III, IV, or V or combinations of such drugs are as follows: 
"(i) The drugs or combinations of drugs have, under the 
Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or section 351 of the 
Public Health Service Act, been approved for use in mainte-
nance or detoxification treatment. 
"(ii) The drugs or combinations of drugs have not been 
the subject of an adverse determination. For purposes of this Federal Register, 
clause, an adverse determination is a determination published publication. 
114 STAT. 1224 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
in the Federal Register and made by the Secretary, after con-
sultation with the Attorney General, that the use of the drugs 
or combinations of drugs for maintenance or detoxification 
treatment requires additional standards respecting the quali-
'^ 
fications of practitioners to provide such treatment, or requires 
standards respecting the quantities of the drugs that may be 
provided for unsupervised use. 
"(D)(i) A waiver under subparagraph (A) with respect to a 
practitioner is not in effect unless (in addition to conditions under 
subparagraphs (B) and (C)) the following conditions are met: 
"(I) The notification under subparagraph (B) is in writing 
and states the name of the practitioner. 
"(11) The notification identifies the registration issued for 
the practitioner pursuant to subsection (f). 
"(Ill) If the practitioner is a member of a group practice, 
the notification states the names of the other practitioners 
in the practice and identifies the registrations issued for the 
other practitioners pursuant to subsection (f). 
"(ii) Upon receiving a notification under subparagraph (B), the 
Attorney General shall assign the practitioner involved an identi-
fication number under this paragraph for inclusion with the reg-
istration issued for the practitioner pursuant to subsection (f). 
The identification number so assigned shall be appropriate to pre-
serve the confidentiality of patients for whom the practitioner has 
dispensed narcotic drugs under a waiver under subparagraph (A). 
Deadline. 
"(iii) Not later than 45 days after the date on which the Sec-
retary receives a notification under subparagraph (B), the Secretary 
shall make a determination of whether the practitioner involved 
meets all requirements for a waiver under subparagraph (B). If 
the Secretary fails to make such determination by the end of the 
such 45-day period, the Attorney General shall assign the physician 
an identification number described in clause (ii) at the end of 
such period. 
"(E)(i) If a practitioner is not registered under paragraph (1) 
and, in violation of the conditions specified in subparagraphs (B) 
through (D), dispenses narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V 
or combinations of such drugs for maintenance treatment or detoxi-
fication treatment, the Attorney General may, for purposes of sec-
tion 304(a)(4), consider the practitioner to have committed an act 
that renders the registration of the practitioner pursuant to sub-
section (f) to be inconsistent with the public interest. 
Expiration date. 
"(ii)(I) Upon the expiration of 45 days from the date on which 
the Secretary receives a notification under subparagraph (B), a 
practitioner who in good faith submits a notification under subpara-
graph (B) and reasonably believes that the conditions specified 
in subparagraphs (B) through (D) have been met shall, in dispensing 
narcotic drugs in schedule III, IV, or V or combinations of such 
drugs for maintenance treatment or detoxification treatment, be 
considered to have a waiver under subparagraph (A) until notified 
otherwise by the Secretary, except that such a practitioner may 
commence to prescribe or dispense such narcotic drugs for such 
purposes prior to the expiration of such 45-day period if it facilitates 
the treatment of an individual patient and both the Secretary 
and the Attorney General are notified by the practitioner of the 
intent to commence prescribing or dispensing such narcotic drugs. 
Federal Register, 
"(II) For purposes of subclause (I), the publication in the Federal 
publication. 
Register of an adverse determination by the Secretary pursuant 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1225 
to subparagraph (C)(ii) shall (with respect to the narcotic drug 
or combination involved) be considered to be a notification provided 
by the Secretary to practitioners, effective upon the expiration 
of the 30-day period beginning on the date on which the adverse 
determination is so published. 
"(F)(i) With respect to the dispensing of narcotic drugs in 
schedule III, IV, or V or combinations of such drugs to patients 
for maintenance or detoxification treatment, a practitioner may, 
in his or her discretion, dispense such drugs or combinations for 
such treatment under a registration under paragraph (1) or a 
waiver under subparagraph (A) (subject to meeting the applicable 
conditions). 
"(ii) This paragraph may not be construed as having any legal 
effect on the conditions for obtaining a registration under paragraph 
(1), including with respect to the number of patients who may 
be served under such a registration. 
"(G) For purposes of this paragraph: 
"(i) The term 'group practice' has the meaning given such 
term in section 1877(h)(4) of the Social Security Act. 
"(ii) The term 'qualifying physician' means a physician 
who is licensed under State law and who meets one or more 
of the following conditions: 
"(I) The physician holds a subspecialty board certifi-
cation in addiction psychiatry from the i^jnerican Board 
of Medical Specialties. 
"(II) The physician holds an addiction certification from 
the American Society of Addiction Medicine. 
"(Ill) The physician holds a subspecialty board certifi-
cation in addiction medicine from the American Osteopathic 
Association. 
"(IV) The physician has, with respect to the treatment 
and management of opiate-dependent patients, completed 
not less than eight hours of training (through classroom 
situations, seminars at professional society meetings, elec-
tronic communications, or otherwise) that is provided by 
the American Society of Addiction Medicine, the American 
Academy of Addiction Psychiatry, the American Medical 
Association, the American Osteopathic Association, the 
American Psychiatric Association, or any other organization 
that the Secretary determines is appropriate for purposes 
of this subclause. 
"(V) The physician has participated as an investigator 
in one or more clinical trials leading to the approval of 
a narcotic drug in schedule III, IV, or V for maintenance 
or detoxification treatment, as demonstrated by a state-
ment submitted to the Secretary by the sponsor of such 
approved drug. 
"(VI) The physician has such other training or experi-
ence as the State medical licensing board (of the State 
in which the physician will provide maintenance or detoxi-
fication treatment) considers to demonstrate the ability 
of the physician to treat and manage opiate-dependent 
patients. 
"(VTI) The physician has such other training or experi-
ence as the Secretary considers to demonstrate the ability 
of the physician to treat and manage opiate-dependent 
patients. Any criteria of the Secretary under this subclause 
114 STAT. 1226 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Federal Register, 
publication. 
Deadline. 
Effective date. 
shall be established by regulation. Any such criteria are 
effective only for 3 years after the date on which the 
criteria are promulgated, but may be extended for such 
additional discrete 3-year periods as the Secretary con-
siders appropriate for purposes of this subclause. Such 
an extension of criteria may only be effectuated through 
a statement published in the Federal Register by the Sec-
retary during the 30-day period preceding the end of the 
3-year period involved. 
"(H)(i) In consultation with the Administrator of the Drug 
Enforcement Administration, the Administrator of the Substance 
Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, the Director 
of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, and the Commissioner 
of Food and Drugs, the Secretary shall issue regulations (through 
notice and comment rulemaking) or issue practice guidelines to 
address the following: 
"(I) Approval of additional credentialing bodies and the 
responsibilities of additional credentialing bodies. 
"(II) Additional exemptions from the requirements of this 
paragraph and any regulations under this paragraph. 
Nothing in such regulations or practice guidelines may authorize 
any Federal official or employee to exercise supervision or control 
over the practice of medicine or the manner in which medical 
services are provided. 
"(ii) Not later than 120 days after the date of the enactment 
of the Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000, the Secretary shall 
issue a treatment improvement protocol containing best practice 
guidelines for the treatment and maintenance of opiate-dependent 
patients. The Secretary shall develop the protocol in consultation 
with the Director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the 
Administrator of the Drug Enforcement 
Administration, 
the 
Commissioner of Food and Drugs, the Administrator of the Sub-
stance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration and other 
substance abuse disorder professionals. The protocol shall be guided 
by science. 
"(I) During the 3-year period beginning on the date of the 
enactment of the Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000, a State 
may not preclude a practitioner from dispensing or prescribing 
drugs in schedule III, IV, or V, or combinations of such drugs, 
to patients for maintenance or detoxification treatment in accord-
ance with this paragraph unless, before the expiration of that 
3-year period, the State enacts a law prohibiting a practitioner 
from dispensing such drugs or combinations of drug. 
"(J)(i) This paragraph takes effect on the date of the enactment 
of the Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000, and remains in 
effect thereafter except as provided in clause (iii) (relating to a 
decision by the Secretary or the Attorney General that this para-
graph should not remain in effect). 
"(ii) For purposes relating to clause (iii), the Secretary and 
the Attorney General may, during the 3-year period beginning 
on the date of the enactment of the Drug Addiction Treatment 
Act of 2000, make determinations in accordance with the following: 
"(I) The Secretary may make a determination of whether 
treatments provided under waivers under subparagraph (A) 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1227 
have been effective forms of maintenance treatment and detoxi-
fication treatment in clinical settings; may make a determina-
tion of whether such waivers have significantly increased (rel-
ative to the beginning of such period) the availability of mainte-
nance treatment and detoxification treatment; and may make 
a determination of whether such waivers have adverse con-
sequences for the public health. 
"(II) The Attorney General may make a determination of 
the extent to which there have been violations of the numerical 
limitations established under subparagraph (B) for the number 
of individuals to whom a practitioner may provide treatment; 
may make a determination of whether waivers under subpara-
graph (A) have increased (relative to the beginning of such 
period) the extent to which narcotic drugs in schedule III, 
IV, or V or combinations of such drugs are being dispensed 
or possessed in violation of this Act; and may make a determina-
tion of whether such waivers have adverse consequences for 
the public health. 
"(iii) If, before the expiration of the period specified in clause 
(ii), the Secretary or the Attorney General publishes in the Federal 
Register a decision, made on the basis of determinations under 
such clause, that this paragraph should not remain in effect, this 
paragraph ceases to be in effect 60 days after the date on which 
the decision is so published. The Secretary shall in making any 
such decision consult with the Attorney General, and shall in pub-
lishing the decision in the Federal Register include any comments 
received from the Attorney General for inclusion in the publication. 
The Attorney General shall in making any such decision consult 
with the Secretary, and shall in publishing the decision in the 
Federal Register include any comments received from the Secretary 
for inclusion in the publication.". 
(b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 304 of the Controlled 
Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 824) is amended— 
(1) in subsection (a), in the matter after and below para-
graph (5), by striking "section 303(g)" each place such term 
appears and inserting "section 303(g)(1)"; and 
(2) in subsection (d), by striking "section 303(g)" and 
inserting "section 303(g)(1)". 
(c) ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For 
the 
purpose of assisting the Secretary of Health and Human Services 
with the additional duties established for the Secretary pursuant 
to the amendments made by this section, there are authorized 
to be appropriated, in addition to other authorizations of appropria-
tions that are available for such purpose, such sums as may be 
necessary for each of fiscal years 2001 through 2003. 
Federal Register, 
publication. 
Effective date. 
TITLE 
A N D 
S T A N C E S 
XXXVI—METHAMPHETAMINE Methampheta 
mine Anti-
Proliferation 
Act of 2000. 
OTHER 
CONTROLLED 
SUB-
SEC. 3601. SHORT TITLE. 
This title may be cited as the "Methamphetamine Anti-Pro-
liferation Act of 2000". 
21 u s e 801 note. 
114 STAT. 1228 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
Subtitle A—Methamphetamine Production, 
Trafficking, and Abuse 
PART I—CRIMINAL PENALTIES 
28 use 994 note. 
SEC. 3611. ENHANCED PUNISHMENT OF AMPHETAMINE LABORATORY 
OPERATORS. 
(a) AMENDMENT TO FEDERA.L SENTENCING GUIDELINES.—Pursu-
ant to its authority under section 994(p) of title 28, United States 
Code, the United States Sentencing Commission shall amend the 
Federal sentencing guidelines in accordance with this section with 
respect to any offense relating to the manufacture, importation, 
exportation, or trafficking in amphetamine (including an attempt 
or conspiracy to do any of the foregoing) in violation of— 
(1) the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.); 
(2) the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act (21 
U.S.C. 951 et seq.); or 
(3) the Maritime Drug Law Enforcement Act (46 U.S.C. 
App. 1901 et seq.). 
(b) GENERAL REQUIREMENT.—In carr5dng out this section, the 
United States Sentencing Commission shall, with respect to each 
offense described in subsection (a) relating to amphetamine— 
(1) review and amend its guidelines to provide for increased 
penalties such that those penalties are comparable to the base 
offense level for methamphetamine; and 
(2) take any other action the Commission considers nec-
essary to carry out this subsection. 
(c) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—In carrying out this section, 
the United States Sentencing Commission shall ensure that the 
sentencing guidelines for offenders convicted of offenses described 
in subsection (a) reflect the heinous nature of such offenses, the 
need for aggressive law enforcement action to fight such offenses, 
and the extreme dangers associated with unlawful activity involving 
amphetamines, including— 
(1) the rapidly growing incidence of amphetamine abuse 
and the threat to public safety that such abuse poses; 
(2) the high risk of amphetamine addiction; 
(3) the increased risk of violence associated with amphet-
amine trafficking and abuse; and 
(4) the recent increase in the illegal importation of amphet-
amine and precursor chemicals. 
(d) EMERGENCY AUTHORITY TO SENTENCING COMMISSION.—^The 
United States Sentencing Commission shall promulgate amend-
ments pursuant to this section as soon as practicable after the 
date of the enactment of this Act in accordance with the procedure 
set forth in section 21(a) of the Sentencing Act of 1987 (Public 
Law 100-182), as though the authority under that Act had not 
expired. 
28 use 994 note. 
SEC. 3612. ENHANCED PUNISHMENT OF AMPHETAMINE OR METH-
AMPHETAMINE LABORATORY OPERATORS. 
(a) FEDERAL SENTENCING GUIDELINES.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—Pursuant to its authority under section 
994(p) of title 28, United States Code, the United States Sen-
tencing Commission shall amend the Federal sentencing guide-
lines in accordance with paragraph (2) with respect to any 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1229 
offense relating to the manufacture, attempt to manufacture, 
or conspiracy to manufacture amphetamine or methamphet-
amine in violation of— 
(A) the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 801 et 
seq.); 
(B) the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act 
(21 U.S.C. 951 et seq.); or 
(C) the Maritime Drug Law Enforcement Act (46 U.S.C. 
App. 1901 et seq.). 
(2) REQUIREMENTS.—In carrying out this paragraph, the 
United States Sentencing Commission shall— 
(A) if the offense created a substantial risk of harm 
to human life (other than a life described in subparagraph 
(B)) or the environment, increase the base offense level 
for the offense— 
(i) by not less than 3 offense levels above the 
applicable level in effect on the date of the enactment 
ofthisAct;or 
(ii) if the resulting base offense level after an 
increase under clause (i) would be less than level 27, 
to not less than level 27; or 
(B) if the offense created a substantial risk of harm 
to the life of a minor or incompetent, increase the base 
offense level for the offense— 
(i) by not less than 6 offense levels above the 
applicable level in effect on the date of the enactment 
of this Act; or 
(ii) if the resulting base offense level after an 
increase under clause (i) would be less than level 30, 
to not less than level 30. 
(3) EMERGENCY AUTHORITY TO SENTENCING COMMISSION.— 
The United States Sentencing Commission shall promulgate 
amendments pursuant to this subsection as soon as practicable 
after the date of the enactment of this Act in accordance with 
the procedure set forth in section 21(a) of the Sentencing Act 
of 1987 (Public Law 100-182), as though the authority under 
that Act had not expired. 
(b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—^The amendments made pursuant to this 
section shall apply with respect to any offense occurring on or 
after the date that is 60 days after the date of the enactment 
of this Act. 
SEC. 3613. MANDATORY RESTITUTION FOR VIOLATIONS OF CON-
TROLLED SUBSTANCES ACT AND CONTROLLED 
SUB-
STANCES 
IMPORT AND EXPORT ACT RELATING 
TO 
AMPHETAMINE AND METHAMPHETAMINE. 
(a) MANDATORY RESTITUTION.—Section 413(q) of the Controlled 
Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 853(q)) is amended— 
(1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking "may" 
and inserting "shall"; 
(2) by inserting "amphetamine or" before "methamphet-
amine" each place it appears; 
(3) in paragraph (2)— 
(A) by inserting ", the State or local government con-
cerned, or both the United States and the State or local 
government concerned" after "United States" the first place 
it appears; and 
X 
114 STAT. 1230 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
(B) by inserting "or the State or local government 
concerned, as the case may be," after "United States" the 
second place it appears; and 
(4) in paragraph (3), by striking "section 3663 of title 18, 
United States Code" and inserting "section 3663A of title 18, 
United States Code". 
(b) DEPOSIT OF AMOUNTS IN DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE ASSETS 
FORFEITURE FUND.—Section 524(c)(4) of title 28, United States 
Code, is amended— 
(1) by striking "and" at the end of subparagraph (B); 
(2) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (C) 
and inserting "; and"; and 
(3) by adding at the end the following: 
"(D) all amounts collected— 
"(i) by the United States pursuant to a reimbursement 
order under paragraph (2) of section 413(q) of the Con-
trolled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 853(q)); and 
"(ii) pursuant to a restitution order under paragraph 
(1) or (3) of section 413(q) of the Controlled Substances 
Act for injuries to the United States.". 
(c) CLARIFICATION OF CERTAIN ORDERS OF RESTITUTION.—Sec-
tion 3663(c)(2)(B) of title 18, United States Code, is amended by 
inserting "which may be" after "the fine". 
(d) 
EXPANSION OF APPLICABILITY OF MANDATORY RESTITU-
TION.—Section 3663A(c)(l)(A)(ii) of title 18, United States Code, 
is amended by inserting "or under section 416(a) of the Controlled 
Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 856(a))," after "under this title,". 
(e) TREATMENT OF ILLICIT SUBSTANCE MANUFACTURING OPER-
ATIONS AS CRIMES AGAINST PROPERTY.—Section 416 of the Con-
trolled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 856) is amended by adding at 
the end the following new subsection: 
"(c) A violation of subsection (a) shall be considered an offense 
against property for purposes of section 3663A(c)(l)(A)(ii) of title 
18, United States Code.". 
SEC. 3614. METHAMPHETAMINE PARAPHERNALIA. 
Section 422(d) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 
863(d)) is amended in the matter preceding paragraph (1) by 
inserting "methamphetamine," after "PCP,". 
PART II—ENHANCED LAW ENFORCEMENT 
SEC. 3621. ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH ILLEGAL 
MANUFACTURE OF AMPHETAMINE AND METHAMPHET-
AMINE. 
(a) USE OF AMOUNTS OR DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE ASSETS FOR-
FEITURE FUND.—Section 524(c)(1)(E) of title 28, United States Code, 
is amended— 
(1) by inserting "(i) for" before "disbursements"; 
(2) by inserting "and" after the semicolon; and 
(3) by adding at the end the following: 
"(ii) for payment for— 
"(I) costs incurred by or on behalf of the Department 
of Justice in connection with the removal, for purposes 
of Federal forfeiture and disposition, of any hazardous sub-
stance or pollutant or contaminant associated with the 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1231 
illegal manufacture of amphetamine or methamphetamine; 
and 
"(11) costs incurred by or on behalf of a State or local 
government in connection with such removal in any case 
in which such State or local government has assisted in 
a Federal prosecution relating to amphetamine or meth-
amphetamine, to the extent such costs exceed equitable 
sharing payments made to such State or local government 
in such case;". 
(b) GRANTS UNDER DRUG CONTROL AND SYSTEM IMPROVEMENT 
GRANT PROGRAM.—Section 501(b)(3) of the Omnibus Crime Control 
and Safe Streets Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3751(b)(3)) is amended 
by inserting before the semicolon the following: "and to remove 
any hazardous substance or pollutant or contaminant associated 
with the illegal manufacture of amphetamine or methamphet-
amine". 
(c) AMOUNTS SUPPLEMENT AND NOT SUPPLANT.— 
28 use 524 note. 
(1) ASSETS FORFEITURE FUND.—^Any amounts made avail-
able from the Department of Justice Assets Forfeiture Fund 
in a fiscal year by reason of the amendment made by subsection 
(a) shall supplement, and not supplant, any other amounts 
made available to the Department of Justice in such fiscal 
year from other sources for payment of costs described in section 
524(c)(l)(E)(ii) of title 28, United States Code, as so amended. 
(2) GRANT PROGRAM.—^Any amounts made available in a 42USC3751 
fiscal year under the grant program under section 501(b)(3) °ote. 
of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 
(42 U.S.C. 3751(b)(3)) for the removal of hazardous substances 
or pollutants or contaminants associated with the illegal manu-
facture of amphetamine or methamphetamine by reason of 
the amendment made by subsection (b) shall supplement, and 
not supplant, any other amounts made available in such fiscal 
year from other sources for such removal. 
SEC. 3622. REDUCTION IN RETAIL SALES TRANSACTION THRESHOLD 
FOR 
NON-SAFE 
H A R B O R 
PRODUCTS 
CONTAINING 
PSEUDOEPHEDRINE OR PHENYLPROPANOLAMINE. 
(a) 
REDUCTION 
IN 
TRANSACTION 
THRESHOLD.—Section 
102(39)(A)(iv)(II) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 
802(39)(A)(iv)(II)) is amended— 
(1) by striking "24 grams" both places it appears and 
inserting "9 grams"; and 
(2) by inserting before the semicolon at the end the fol-
lowing: "and sold in package sizes of not more than 3 grams 
of pseudoephedrine base or 3 grams of phenylpropanolamine 
base". 
(b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—^The amendments made by subsection 
21USC 802 note, 
(a) shall take effect 1 year after the date of the enactment of 
this Act. 
SEC. 3623. TRAINING FOR DRUG ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION AND 
21 USC 872 note. 
STATE AND LOCAL LAW ENFORCEMENT PERSONNEL 
RELATING TO CLANDESTINE LABORATORIES. 
(a) IN GENERAL.— 
(1) REQUIREMENT.—The Administrator of the Drug Enforce-
ment Administration shall carry out the programs described 
in subsection (b) with respect to the law enforcement personnel 
of States and localities determined by the Administrator to 
114 STAT. 1232 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
have significant levels of methamphetamine-related or amphet-
amine-related crime or projected by the Administrator to have 
the potential for such levels of crime in the future. 
(2) DURATION.—^The duration of any program under that 
subsection may not exceed 3 years. 
(b) COVERED PROGRAMS.—The programs described in this sub-
section are as follows: 
(1) ADVANCED MOBILE CLANDESTINE LABORATORY TRAINING 
TEAMS.—^A program of advanced mobile clandestine laboratory 
training teams, which shall provide information and training 
to State and local law enforcement personnel in techniques 
utilized in conducting undercover investigations and conspiracy 
cases, and other information designed to assist in the investiga-
tion of the illegal manufacturing and trafficking of amphet-
amine and methamphetamine. 
(2) 
BASIC 
CLANDESTINE 
LABORATORY 
CERTIFICATION 
TRAINING.—^A program of basic clandestine laboratory certifi-
cation training, which shall provide information and training— 
(A) to Drug Enforcement Administration personnel and 
State and local law enforcement personnel for purposes 
of enabling such personnel to meet any certification require-
ments under law with respect to the handling of wastes 
created by illegal amphetamine and methamphetamine lab-
oratories; and 
(B) to State and local law enforcement personnel for 
purposes of enabling such personnel to provide the informa-
tion and training covered by subparagraph (A) to other 
State and local law enforcement personnel. 
(3) 
CLANDESTINE 
LABORATORY 
RECERTIFICATION 
AND 
AWARENESS TRAINING.—^A program of clandestine laboratory re-
certification and awareness training, which shall provide 
information and training to State and local law enforcement 
personnel for purposes of enabling such personnel to provide 
recertification and awareness training relating to clandestine 
laboratories to additional State and local law enforcement per-
sonnel. 
(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated for each of fiscal years 2000, 2001, and 2002 
amounts as follows: 
(1) $1,500,000 to carry out the program described in sub-
section (b)(1). 
(2) $3,000,000 to carry out the program described in sub-
section (b)(2). 
(3) $1,000,000 to carry out the program described in sub-
section (b)(3). 
21 use 1706 
SEC. 3624. COMBATING METHAMPHETAMINE AND AMPHETAMINE IN 
note. 
HIGH INTENSITY DRUG TRAFFICKING AREAS. 
(a) IN GENERAL.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—The Director of National Drug Control 
Policy shall use amounts available under this section to combat 
the trafficking of methamphetamine and amphetamine in areas 
designated by the Director as high intensity drug trafficking 
areas. 
(2) ACTIVITIES.—In meeting the requirement in paragraph 
(1), the Director shall transfer funds to appropriate Federal, 
State, and local governmental agencies for employing additional 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1233 
Federal law enforcement personnel, or facilitating the employ-
ment of additional State and local law enforcement personnel, 
including agents, investigators, prosecutors, laboratory techni-
cians, chemists, investigative assistants, and drug-prevention 
specialists. 
(b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—^There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section— 
(1) $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2000; and 
(2) such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 
2001 through 2004. 
(c) APPORTIONMENT OF FUNDS.— 
(1) FACTORS IN APPORTIONMENT.—The Director shall appor-
tion amounts appropriated for a fiscal year pursuant to the 
authorization of appropriations in subsection (b) for activities 
under subsection (a) among and within areas designated by 
the Director as high intensity drug trafficking areas based 
on the following factors: 
(A) The number of methamphetamine manufacturing 
facilities and amphetamine manufacturing facilities discov-
ered by Federal, State, or local law enforcement officials 
in the previous fiscal year. 
(B) The number of methamphetamine prosecutions and 
amphetamine prosecutions in Federal, State, or local courts 
in the previous fiscal year. 
(C) The number of methamphetamine arrests and 
amphetamine arrests by Federal, State, or local law 
enforcement officials in the previous fiscal year. 
(D) The amounts of methamphetamine, amphetamine, 
or listed chemicals (as that term is defined in section 
102(33) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 
802(33)) seized by Federal, State, or local law enforcement 
officials in the previous fiscal year. 
(E) Intelligence and predictive data from the Drug 
Enforcement Administration and the Department of Health 
and Human Services showing patterns and trends in abuse, 
trafficking, 
and 
transportation 
in 
methamphetamine, 
amphetamine, and listed chemicals (as that term is so 
defined). 
(2) CERTIFICATION.—Before the Director apportions any 
funds under this subsection to a high intensity drug trafficking 
area, the Director shall certify that the law enforcement entities 
responsible for clandestine methamphetamine and amphet-
amine laboratory seizures in that area are providing laboratory 
seizure data to the national clandestine laboratory database 
at the El Paso Intelligence Center. 
(d) LIMITATION ON ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.—Not more than 5 
percent of the amount appropriated in a fiscal year pursuant to 
the authorization of appropriations for that fiscal year in subsection 
(b) may be available in that fiscal year for administrative costs 
associated with activities under subsection (a). 
SEC. 
3625. COMBATING AMPHETAMINE AND METHAMPHETAMINE 
21USC 873 note. 
MANUFACTURING AND TRAFFICKING. 
(a) ACTIVITIES.—In order to combat the illegal manufacturing 
and trafficking 
in amphetamine 
and methamphetamine, 
the 
Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration may— 
114 STAT. 1234 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
(1) assist State and local law enforcement in small and 
mid-sized communities in all phases of investigations related 
to such manufacturing and trafficking, including assistance 
with foreign-language interpretation; 
(2) staff" additional regional enforcement 
and mobile 
enforcement teams related to such manufacturing and traf-
ficking; 
(3) establish additional resident offices and posts of duty 
to assist State and local law enforcement in rural areas in 
combating such manufacturing and trafficking; 
(4) provide the Special Operations Division of the Adminis-
tration with additional agents and staff to collect, evaluate, 
interpret, and disseminate critical intelligence targeting the 
command and control operations of major amphetamine and 
methamphetamine manufacturing and trafficking organiza-
tions; 
(5) enhance the investigative and related functions of the 
Chemical Control Program of the Administration to implement 
more fully the provisions of the Comprehensive Methamphet-
amine Control Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-237); 
(6) design an effective means of requiring an accurate 
accounting of the import and export of list I chemicals, and 
coordinate investigations relating to the diversion of such 
chemicals; 
(7) develop a computer infrastructure sufficient to receive, 
process, analyze, and redistribute time-sensitive enforcement 
information from suspicious order reporting to field offices of 
the Administration and other law enforcement and regulatory 
agencies, including the continuing development of the Sus-
picious Order Reporting and Tracking System (SORTS) and 
the Chemical Transaction Database (CTRANS) of the Adminis-
tration; 
(8) establish an education, training, and communication 
process in order to alert the industry to current trends and 
emerging patterns in the illegal manufacturing of amphetamine 
and methamphetamine; and 
(9) carry out such other activities as the Administrator 
considers appropriate. 
(b) ADDITIONAL POSITIONS AND PERSONNEL.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—In carrying out activities under sub-
section (a), the Administrator may establish in the Administra-
tion not more than 50 full-time positions, including not more 
than 31 special-agent positions, and may appoint personnel 
to such positions. 
(2) PARTICULAR POSITIONS.—In carrying out activities under 
paragraphs (5) through (8) of subsection (a), the Administrator 
may establish in the Administration not more than 15 full-
time positions, including not more than 10 diversion investi-
gator positions, and may appoint personnel to such positions. 
Any positions established under this paragraph are in addition 
to any positions established under paragraph (1). 
(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are authorized 
to be appropriated for the Drug Enforcement Administration for 
each fiscal year after fiscal year 1999, $9,500,000 for purposes 
of carrying out the activities authorized by subsection (a) and 
employing personnel in positions established under subsection (b), 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1235 
of which $3,000,000 shall be available for activities under para-
graphs (5) through (8) of subsection (a) and for employing personnel 
in positions established under subsection (b)(2). 
PART 
III—ABUSE 
PREVENTION 
AND 
TREATMENT 
SEC. 3631. EXPANSION OF METHAMPHETAMINE RESEARCH. 
Section 464N of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285o-
2) is amended by adding at the end the following: 
"(c) METHAMPHETAMINE RESEARCH.— 
"(1) GRANTS OR COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS.—The Director 
of the Institute may make grants or enter into cooperative 
agreements to expand the current and on-going interdiscipli-
nary research and clinical trials with treatment centers of 
the National Drug Abuse Treatment Clinical Trials Network 
relating to methamphetamine abuse and addiction and other 
biomedical, behavioral, and social issues related to meth-
amphetamine abuse and addiction. 
"(2) USE OF FUNDS.—^Amounts made available under a 
grant or cooperative agreement under paragraph (1) for meth-
amphetamine abuse and addiction may be used for research 
and clinical trials relating to— 
"(A) the effects of methamphetamine abuse on the 
human body, including the brain; 
"(B) the addictive nature of methamphetamine and 
how such effects differ with respect to different individuals; 
"(C) the connection between methamphetamine abuse 
and mental health; 
"(D) the identification and evaluation of the most effec-
tive methods of prevention of methamphetamine abuse and 
addiction; 
"(E) the identification and development of the most 
effective methods of treatment of methamphetamine addic-
tion, including pharmacological treatments; 
"(F) risk factors for methamphetamine abuse; 
"(G) effects of methamphetamine abuse and addiction 
on pregnant women and their fetuses; and 
"(H) cultural, social, behavioral, neurological and 
psychological reasons that individuals abuse methamphet-
amine, or refrain from abusing methamphetamine. 
"(3) RESEARCH RESULTS.—^The Director shall promptly 
disseminate research results under this subsection to Federal, 
State and local entities involved in combating methamphet-
amine abuse and addiction. 
"(4) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.— 
"(A) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is 
authorized to be appropriated to carry out paragraph (1), 
such sums as may be necessary for each fiscal year. 
"(B) SUPPLEMENT NOT SUPPLANT.—Amounts appro-
priated pursuant to the authorization of appropriations 
in subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year shall supplement 
and not supplant any other amounts appropriated in such 
fiscal year for research on methamphetamine abuse and 
addiction.". 
79-194O~00-12:QL3Part2 
114 STAT. 1236 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
SEC. 3632. METHAMPHETAMINE AND AMPHETAMINE TREATMENT INI-
TIATIVE BY CENTER FOR SUBSTANCE ABUSE TREAT-
MENT. 
Subpart 1 of part B of title V of the Public Health Service 
Act (42 U.S.C. 290bb et seq.) is amended by adding at the end 
the following new section: 
"METHAMPHETAMINE AND AMPHETAMINE TREATMENT INITIATIVE 
42 u s e 290bb-9. 
" S E C . 514. (a) GRANTS.— 
"(1) AUTHORITY TO MAKE GRANTS.—^The Director of the 
Center for Substance Abuse Treatment may make grants to 
States and Indian tribes recognized by the United States that 
have a high rate, or have had a rapid increase, in methamphet-
amine or amphetamine abuse or addiction in order to permit 
such States and Indian tribes to expand activities in connection 
with the treatment of methamphetamine or amphetamine 
abuser or addiction in the specific geographical areas of such 
States or Indian tribes, as the case may be, where there is 
such a rate or has been such an increase. 
"(2) RECIPIENTS.—Any grants under paragraph (1) shall 
be directed to the substance abuse directors of the States, 
and of the appropriate tribal government authorities of the 
Indian tribes, selected by the Director to receive such grants. 
"(3) NATURE OF ACTIVITIES.—^Any activities under a grant 
under paragraph (1) shall be based on reliable scientific evi-
dence of their efficacy in the treatment of methamphetamine 
or amphetamine abuse or addiction. 
"(b) GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION.—^The Director shall ensure that 
grants under subsection (a) are distributed equitably among the 
various regions of the country and among rural, urban, and subur-
ban areas that are affected by methamphetamine or amphetamine 
abuse or addiction. 
"(c) ADDITIONAL ACTIVITIES.—^The Director shall— 
"(1) evaluate the activities supported by grants under sub-
section (a); 
"(2) disseminate widely such significant information derived 
from the evaluation as the Director considers appropriate to 
assist States, Indian tribes, and private providers of treatment 
services for methamphetamine or amphetamine abuser or 
addiction in the treatment of methamphetamine or amphet-
amine abuse or addiction; and 
"(3) provide States, Indian tribes, and such providers with 
technical assistance in connection with the provision of such 
treatment. 
"(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.— 
"(1) IN GENERAL.—^There are authorized to be appropriated 
to carry out this section $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2000 and 
such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2001 
and 2002. 
"(2) USE OF CERTAIN FUNDS.—Of the funds appropriated 
to carry out this section in any fiscal year, the lesser of 5 
percent of such funds or $1,000,000 shall be available to the 
Director for purposes of carrying out subsection (c).". 
SEC. 3633. S T U D Y OF METHAMPHETAMINE TREATMENT. 
(a) STUDY.— 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1237 
(1) REQUIREMENT.—The Secretary of Health and Human 
Services shall, in consultation with the Institute of Medicine 
of the National Academy of Sciences, conduct a study on the 
development of medications for the treatment of addiction to 
amphetamine and methamphetamine. 
(2) REPORT.—Not later than 9 months after the date of Deadline, 
the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the 
Committees on the Judiciary of the Senate and House of Rep-
resentatives a report on the results of the study conducted 
under paragraph (1). 
(b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are hereby 
authorized to be appropriated for the Department of Health and 
Human Services for fiscal year 2000 such sums as may be necessary 
to meet the requirements of subsection (a). 
PART IV—REPORTS 
SEC. 3641. REPORTS ON CONSUMPTION OF METHAMPHETAMINE AND 
42 USC 290aa-4 
OTHER ILLICIT DRUGS IN RLTRAL AREAS, METROPOLITAN 
note. 
AREAS, AND CONSOLIDATED METROPOLITAN AREAS. 
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall include 
in each National Household Survey on Drug Abuse appropriate 
prevalence data and information on the consumption of meth-
amphetamine and other illicit drugs in rural areas, metropolitan 
areas, and consolidated metropolitan areas. 
SEC. 3642. REPORT ON DIVERSION OF ORDINARY, OVER-THE-COUNTER 
21 USC 802 note. 
PSEUDOEPHEDRINE 
AND 
PHENYLPROPANOLAMINE 
PRODUCTS. 
(a) STUDY.—^The Attorney General shall conduct a study of 
the use of ordinary, over-the-counter pseudoephedrine and phenyl-
propanolamine products in the clandestine production of illicit 
drugs. Sources of data for the study shall include the following: 
(1) Information from Federal, State, and local clandestine 
laboratory seizures and related investigations identifying the 
source, type, or brand of drug products being utilized and 
how they were obtained for the illicit production of meth-
amphetamine and amphetamine. 
(2) Information submitted voluntarily from the pharma-
ceutical and retail industries involved in the manufacture, dis-
tribution, and sale of drug products containing ephedrine, 
pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine, including informa-
tion on changes in the pattern, volume, or both, of sales of 
ordinary, 
over-the-counter 
pseudoephedrine 
and 
phenyl-
propanolamine products. 
(b) REPORT.— 
(1) REQUIREMENT.—^Not later than 1 year after the date Deadline, 
of the enactment of this Act, the Attorney General shall submit 
to Congress a report on the study conducted under subsection 
(a). 
(2) ELEMENTS.—The report shall include— 
(A) the findings of the Attorney General as a result 
of the study; and 
(B) such recommendations on the need to establish 
additional measures to prevent diversion of ordinary, over-
the-counter pseudoephedrine and 
phenylpropanolamine 
(such 
as 
a 
threshold 
on 
ordinary, 
over-the-counter 
114 STAT. 1238 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
pseudoephedrine and phenylpropanolamine products) as 
the Attorney General considers appropriate. 
(3) MATTERS CONSIDERED.—In preparing the report, the 
Attorney General shall consider the comments and rec-
ommendations including the comments on the Attorney Gen-
eral's proposed findings and recommendations, of State and 
local law enforcement and regulatory officials and of representa-
tives of the industry described in subsection (a)(2). 
(c) REGULATION OF RETAIL SALES.— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 401(d) of the 
Comprehensive Methamphetamine Control Act of 1996 (21 
U.S.C. 802 note) and subject to paragraph (2), the Attorney 
General shall establish by regulation a single-transaction limit 
of not less than 24 grams of ordinary, over-the-counter 
pseudoephedrine or phenylpropanolamine (as the case may be) 
for retail distributors, if the Attorney General finds, in the 
report under subsection (b), that— 
(A) there is a significant number of instances (as set 
forth in paragraph (3)(A) of such section 401(d) for purposes 
of 
such 
section) 
where 
ordinary, 
over-the-counter 
pseudoephedrine products, phenylpropanolamine products, 
or both such products that were purchased from retail 
distributors were widely used in the clandestine production 
of illicit drugs; and 
(B) the best practical method of preventing such use 
is the establishment of single-transaction limits for retail 
distributors of either or both of such products. 
(2) DUE PROCESS.—The Attorney General shall establish 
the single-transaction limit under paragraph (1) only after 
notice, comment, and an informal hearing. 
Subtitle B—Controlled Substances 
Generally 
28 u s e 994 note. 
SEC. 3651. ENHANCED PUNISHMENT FOR TRAFFICKING IN LIST I 
CHEMICALS. 
(a) 
AMENDMENTS TO FEDERAL 
SENTENCING 
GUIDELINES.— 
Pursuant to its authority under section 994(p) of title 28, United 
States Code, the United States Sentencing Commission shall amend 
the Federal sentencing guidelines in accordance with this section 
with respect to any violation of paragraph (1) or (2) of section 
401(d) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 841(d)) involving 
a list I chemical and any violation of paragraph (1) or (3) of 
section 1010(d) of the Controlled Substance Import and Export 
Act (21 U.S.C. 960(d)) involving a hst I chemical. 
(b) 
EPHEDRINE, 
PHENYLPROPANOLAMINE, 
AND 
PSEUDOEPHEDRINE .— 
(1) IN GENERAL.—In carrying this section, the United States 
Sentencing Commission shall, with respect to each offense 
described in subsection (a) involving ephedrine, 
phenyl-
propanolamine, or pseudoephedrine (including their salts, 
optical isomers, and salts of optical isomers), review and amend 
its guidelines to provide for increased penalties such that those 
penalties corresponded to the quantity of controlled substance 
that could reasonably have been manufactured using the 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1239 
quantity 
of 
ephedrine, 
phenylpropanolamine, 
or 
pseudoephedrine possessed or distributed. 
(2) CONVERSION RATIOS.—For the purposes of the amend-
ments made by this subsection, the quantity of controlled sub-
stance that could reasonably have been manufactured shall 
be determined by using a table of manufacturing conversion 
ratios 
for 
ephedrine, 
phenylpropanolamine, 
and 
pseudoephedrine, which table shall be established by the Sen-
tencing Commission based on scientific, law enforcement, and 
other data the Sentencing Commission considers appropriate. 
(c) OTHER LIST I CHEMICALS.—In carrying this section, the 
United States Sentencing Commission shall, with respect to each 
offense described in subsection (a) involving any list I chemical 
other than ephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, or pseudoephedrine, 
review and amend its guidelines to provide for increased penalties 
such that those penalties reflect the dangerous nature of such 
offenses, the need for aggressive law enforcement action to fight 
such offenses, and the extreme dangers associated with unlawful 
activity involving methamphetamine and amphetamine, including— 
(1) the rapidly growing incidence of controlled substance 
manufacturing; 
(2) the extreme danger inherent in manufacturing con-
trolled substances; 
(3) the threat to public safety posed by manufacturing 
controlled substances; and 
(4) the recent increase in the importation, possession, and 
distribution of list I chemicals for the purpose of manufacturing 
controlled substances. 
(d) EMERGENCY AUTHORITY TO SENTENCING COMMISSION.—^The 
United States Sentencing Commission shall promulgate amend-
ments pursuant to this section as soon as practicable after the 
date of the enactment of this Act in accordance with the procedure 
set forth in section 21(a) of the Sentencing Act of 1987 (Public 
Law 100-182), as though the authority under that Act had not 
expired. 
SEC. 3652. MAIL ORDER REQUIREMENTS. 
Section 310(b)(3) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 
830(b)(3)) is amended— 
(1) by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as subpara-
graphs (B) and (C), respectively; 
(2) by inserting before subparagraph (B), as so redesig-
nated, the following new subparagraph (A): 
"(A) As used in this paragraph: 
"(i) The term 'drug product' means an active ingre-
dient in dosage form that has been approved or other-
wise may be lawfully marketed under the Food, Drug, 
and Cosmetic Act for distribution in the United States. 
"(ii) The term 'valid prescription' means a prescrip-
tion which is issued for a legitimate medical purpose 
by an individual practitioner licensed by law to admin-
ister and prescribe the drugs concerned and acting 
in the usual course of the practitioner's professional 
practice."; 
(3) in subparagraph (B), as so redesignated, by inserting 
"or who engages in an export transaction" after "nonregulated 
person"; and 
114 STAT. 1240 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
(4) adding at the end the following: 
"(D) Except as provided in subparagraph (E), the fol-
lowing distributions to a nonregulated person, and the 
following export transactions, shall not be subject to the 
reporting requirement in subparagraph (B): 
"(i) Distributions of sample packages of drug prod-
ucts when such packages contain not more than two 
solid dosage units or the equivalent of two dosage 
units in liquid form, not to exceed 10 milliliters of 
liquid per package, and not more than one package 
is distributed to an individual or residential address 
in any 30-day period. 
"(ii) Distributions of drug products by retail 
distrilDutors that may not include face-to-face trans-
actions to the extent that such distributions are con-
sistent with the activities authorized for a retail dis-
tributor as specified in section 102(46). 
"(iii) Distributions of drug products to a resident 
of a long term care facility (as that term is defined 
in regulations prescribed by the Attorney General) or 
distributions of drug products to a long term care 
facility for dispensing to or for use by a resident of 
that facility. 
"(iv) Distributions of drug products pursuant to 
a valid prescription. 
"(v) Exports which have been reported to the 
Attorney Greneral pursuant to section 1004 or 1018 
or which are subject to a waiver granted under section 
1018(e)(2). 
"(vi) Any quantity, method, or type of distribution 
or any quantity, method, or type of distribution of 
a specific listed chemical (including specific formula-
tions or drug products) or of a group of listed chemicals 
(including specific formulations or drug products) 
which the Attorney General has excluded by regulation 
from such reporting requirement on the basis that 
such reporting is not necessary for the enforcement 
of this title or title IIL 
"(E) The Attorney General may revoke any or all of 
the exemptions listed in subparagraph (D) for an individual 
regulated person if he finds that drug products distributed 
by the regulated person are being used in violation of 
this title or title IIL The regulated person shall be notified 
of the revocation, which will be effective upon receipt by 
the person of such notice, as provided in section 1018(c)(1), 
and shall have the right to an expedited hearing as pro-
vided in section 1018(c)(2).". 
SEC. 3653. THEFT AND TRANSPORTATION OF ANHYDROUS AMMONIA 
FOR 
PURPOSES OF ILUCIT PRODUCTION OF CON-
TROLLED SUBSTANCES. 
(a) IN GENERAL.—Part D of the Controlled Substances Act 
(21 U.S.C. 841 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the 
following: 
"ANHYDROUS AMMONIA 
21 use 864. 
"SEC. 423. (a) It is unlawful for any person— 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1241 
"(1) to steal anhydrous ammonia, or 
"(2) to transport stolen anhydrous ammonia across State 
lines, 
knowing, intending, or having reasonable cause to believe that 
such anhydrous ammonia will be used to manufacture a controlled 
substance in violation of this part. 
"(b) Any person who violates subsection (a) shall be imprisoned 
or fined, or both, in accordance with section 403(d) as if such 
violation were a violation of a provision of section 403.". 
(b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of contents for that Act 
is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 421 
the following new items: 
"Sec. 422. Drug paraphernalia. 
"Sec. 423. Anhydrous ammonia.". 
(c) ASSISTANCE FOR CERTAIN RESEARCH.— 
(1) AGREEMENT.—The Administrator of the Drug Enforce-
ment Administration shall seek to enter into an agreement 
with Iowa State University in order to permit the University 
to continue and expand its current research into the develop-
ment of inert agents that, when added to anhydrous ammonia, 
eliminate the usefulness of anhydrous ammonia as an ingre-
dient in the production of methamphetamine. 
(2) REIMBURSABLE PROVISION OF FUNDS.—The agreement 
under paragraph (1) may provide for the provision to Iowa 
State University, on a reimbursable basis, of $500,000 for pur-
poses the activities specified in that paragraph. 
(3) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is hereby 
authorized to be appropriated for the Drug Enforcement 
Administration for fiscal year 2000, $500,000 for purposes of 
carrying out the agreement under this subsection. 
Subtitle C -Ecstasy AntiProliferationAct of E
c
s
t
a
s
y A
n
t
i 
rk/\/\/\ 
Prohferation 
.ZUUU 
Act of 2000. 
SEC. 3661. SHORT TITLE. 
This subtitle may be cited as the "Ecstasy Anti-Proliferation 
Act of 2000". 
SEC. 3662. FINDINGS. 
Congress makes the following findings: 
(1) The illegal importation of 3,4-methylenedioxy meth-
amphetamine, commonly referred to as "MDMA" or "Ecstasy" 
(referred to in this subtitle as "Ecstasy"), has increased in 
recent years, as evidenced by the fact that Ecstasy seizures 
by the United States Customs Service have increased from 
less than 500,000 tablets during fiscal year 1997 to more than 
9,000,000 tablets during the first 9 months of fiscal year 2000. 
(2) Use of Ecstasy can cause long-lasting, and perhaps 
permanent, damage to the serotonin system of the brain, which 
is fundamental to the integration of information and emotion, 
and this damage can cause long-term problems with learning 
and memory. 
(3) Due to the popularity and marketability of Ecstasy, 
there are numerous Internet websites with information on the 
effects of Ecstasy, the production of Ecstasy, and the locations 
of Ecstasy use (often referred to as "raves"). The availability 
42 u s e 201 note. 
42 u s e 290aa-
5b note. 
114 STAT. 1242 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
of this information targets the primary users of Ecstasy, who 
are most often college students, young professionals, and other 
young people from middle- to high-income families. 
(4) Greater emphasis needs to be placed on— 
(A) penalties associated with the manufacture, dis-
tribution, and use of Ecstasy; 
(B) the education of young people on the negative 
health effects of Ecstasy, since the reputation of Ecstasy 
as a "safe" drug is the most dangerous component of 
Ecstasy; 
(C) the education of State and local law enforcement 
agencies regarding the growing problem of Ecstasy traf-
ficking across the United States; 
(D) reducing the number of deaths caused by Ecstasy 
use and the combined use of Ecstasy with other "club" 
drugs and alcohol; and 
(E) adequate funding for research by the National 
Institute on Drug Abuse to— 
(i) identify those most vulnerable to using Ecstasy 
and develop science-based prevention approaches tai-
lored to the specific needs of individuals at high risk; 
(ii) understand how Ecstasy produces its toxic 
effects and how to reverse neurotoxic damage; 
(iii) develop treatments, including new medications 
and behavioral treatment approaches; 
(iv) better understand the effects that Ecstasy has 
on the developing children and adolescents; and 
(v) translate research findings into useful tools 
and ensure their effective dissemination. 
28 u s e 994 note. 
SEC. 3663. ENHANCED PUNISHMENT OF ECSTASY TRAFFICKERS. 
(a) AMENDMENT TO FEDERAL SENTENCING GUIDELINES.—Pursu-
ant to its authority under section 994(p) of title 28, United States 
Code, the United States Sentencing Commission (referred to in 
this section as the "Commission") shall amend the Federal sen-
tencing guidelines regarding any offense relating to the manufac-
ture, importation, or exportation of, or trafficking in— 
(1) 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine; 
(2) 3,4-methylenedioxy amphetamine; 
(3) 3,4-methylenedioxy-N-ethylamphetamine; 
(4) paramethoxymethamphetamine (PMA); or 
(5) any other controlled substance, as determined by the 
Commission in consultation with the Attorney General, that 
is marketed as Ecstasy and that has either a chemical structure 
substantially similar to that of 3,4-methylenedioxy 
meth-
amphetamine or an effect on the central nervous system 
substantially 
similar 
to 
or 
greater 
than 
that 
of 
3,4-
methylenedioxy methamphetamine, 
including an attempt or conspiracy to commit an offense described 
in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), or (5) in violation of the Controlled 
Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), the Controlled Substances 
Import and Export Act (21 U.S.C. 951 et seq.), or the Maritime 
Drug Law Enforcement Act (46 U.S.C. 1901 et seq.). 
(b) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.—In carrying out this section, the 
Commission shall, with respect to each offense described in sub-
section (a)— 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1243 
(1) review and amend the Federal sentencing guidelines 
to provide for increased penalties such that those penalties 
reflect the seriousness of these offenses and the need to deter 
them; and 
(2) take any other action the Commission considers to 
be necessary to carry out this section. 
(c) ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.—In carrying out this section, 
the Commission shall ensure that the Federal sentencing guidelines 
for offenders convicted of offenses described in subsection (a) 
reflect— 
(1) the need for aggressive law enforcement action with 
respect to offenses involving the controlled substances described 
in subsection (a); and 
(2) the dangers associated with unlawful activity involving 
such substances, including— 
(A) the rapidly growing incidence of abuse of the con-
trolled substances described in subsection (a) and the threat 
to public safety that such abuse poses; 
(B) the recent increase in the illegal importation of 
the controlled substances described in subsection (a); 
(C) the young age at which children are beginning 
to use the controlled substances described in subsection 
(a); 
(D) the fact that the controlled substances described 
in subsection (a) are frequently marketed to youth; 
(E) the large number of doses per gram of the controlled 
substances described in subsection (a); and 
(F) any other factor that the Commission determines 
to be appropriate. 
(d) SENSE OF THE CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Congress 
that— 
(1) the base offense levels for Ecstasy are too low, particu-
larly for high-level traffickers, and should be increased, such 
that they are comparable to penalties for other drugs of abuse; 
and 
(2) based on the fact that importation of Ecstasy has surged 
in the past few years, the traffickers are targeting the Nation's 
youth, and the use of Ecstasy among youth in the United 
States is increasing even as other drug use among this popu-
lation appears to be leveling off, the base offense levels for 
importing and trafficking the controlled substances described 
in subsection (a) should be increased. 
(e) REPORT.—^Not later than 60 days after the amendments Deadline, 
pursuant to this section have been promulgated, the Commission 
shall— 
(1) prepare a report describing the factors and information 
considered by the Commission in promulgating amendments 
pursuant to this section; and 
(2) submit the report to— 
(A) the Committee on the Judiciary, the Committee 
on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions, and the Com-
mittee on Appropriations of the Senate; and 
(B) the Committee on the Judiciary, the Committee 
on Commerce, and the Committee on Appropriations of 
the House of Representatives. 
114 STAT. 1244 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
28 u s e 994 note. 
SEC. 3664. EMERGENCY AUTHORITY TO UNITED STATES SENTENCING 
COMMISSION. 
The United States Sentencing Commission shall promulgate 
amendments under this subtitle as soon as practicable after the 
date of the enactment of this Act in accordance with the procedure 
set forth in section 21(a) of the Sentencing Act of 1987 (Public 
Law 100-182), as though the authority under that Act had not 
expired. 
SEC. 3665. EXPANSION OF ECSTASY AND CLUB DRUGS ABUSE PREVEN-
TION EFFORTS. 
(a) PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE ACT.—Part A of title V of the 
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.), as amended 
by section 3306, is further amended by adding at the end the 
following: 
42 u s e 290aa- 
"SEC. 506B. GRANTS FOR ECSTASY AND OTHER CLUB DRUGS ABUSE 
5b. 
PREVENTION. 
"(a) AUTHORITY.—^The Administrator may make grants to, and 
enter into contracts and cooperative agreements with, public and 
nonprofit private entities to enable such entities— 
"(1) to carry out school-based programs concerning the dan-
gers of the abuse of and addiction to 3,4-methylenedioxy meth-
amphetamine, related drugs, and other drugs 
commonly 
referred to as 'club drugs' using methods that are effective 
and science-based, including initiatives that give students the 
responsibility to create their own anti-drug abuse education 
programs for their schools; and 
"(2) to carry out community-based abuse and addiction 
prevention programs relating to 3,4-methylenedioxy 
meth-
amphetamine, related drugs, and other club drugs that are 
effective and science-based. 
"(b) USE OF FUNDS.—^Amounts made available under a grant, 
contract or cooperative agreement under subsection (a) shall be 
used for planning, establishing, or administering prevention pro-
grams relating to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related 
drugs, and other club drugs. 
"(c) USE OF FUNDS.— 
"(1) DISCRETIONARY FUNCTIONS.—Amounts provided to an 
entity under this section may be used— 
"(A) to carry out school-based programs that are 
focused on those districts with high or increasing rates 
of abuse and addiction to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphet-
amine, related drugs, and other club drugs and targeted 
at populations that are most at risk to start abusing these 
drugs; 
"(B) to carry out community-based prevention pro-
grams that are focused on those populations within the 
community that are most at-risk for abuse of and addiction 
to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, 
and other club drugs; 
"(C) to assist local government entities to conduct 
appropriate 
prevention 
activities 
relating 
to 
3,4-
methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, and 
other club drugs; 
"(D) to train and educate State and local law enforce-
ment officials, prevention and education officials, health 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
114 STAT. 1245 
professionals, members of community anti-drug coalitions 
and parents on the signs of abuse of and addiction to 
3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, and 
other club drugs and the options for treatment and preven-
tion; 
"(E) for planning, administration, and educational 
activities related to the prevention of abuse of and addiction 
to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, 
and other club drugs; 
"(F) for the monitoring and evaluation of prevention 
activities relating to 3,4-methylenedioxy 
methamphet-
amine, related drugs, and other club drugs and reporting 
and disseminating resulting information to the public; and 
"(G) for targeted pilot programs with evaluation compo-
nents to encourage innovation and experimentation with 
new methodologies. 
"(2) PRIORITY.—^The Administrator shall give priority in 
awarding grants under this section to rural and urban areas 
that are experiencing a high rate or rapid increases in abuse 
and addiction to 3,4-methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related 
drugs, and other club drugs. 
"(d) ALLOCATION AND REPORT.— 
"(1) PREVENTION PROGRAM ALLOCATION.—^Not less than 
$500,000 of the amount appropriated in each fiscal year to 
carry out this section shall be made available to the Adminis-
trator, acting in consultation with other Federal agencies, to 
support and conduct periodic analyses and evaluations of effec-
tive prevention programs for abuse of and addiction to 3,4-
methylenedioxy methamphetamine, related drugs, and other 
club drugs and the development of appropriate strategies for 
disseminating information about and implementing such pro-
grams. 
"(2) REPORT.—^The Administrator shall annually prepare 
and submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, 
and Pensions, the Committee on the Judiciary, and the Com-
mittee on Appropriations of the Senate, and the Committee 
on Commerce, the Committee on the Judiciary, and the Com-
mittee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, a 
report containing the results of the analyses and evaluations 
conducted under paragraph (1). 
"(e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this section— 
"(1) $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2001; and 
"(2) such sums as may be necessary for each succeeding 
fiscal year.". 
Subtitle D—Miscellaneous 
SEC. 3671. ANTIDRUG MESSAGES ON FEDERAL GOVERNMENT INTER- 
21 USC 801 note. 
NET WEBSITES. 
Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of Deadline, 
this Act, the head of each department, agency, and establishment 
of the Federal Government shall, in consultation with the Director 
V 
114 STAT. 1246 
PUBLIC LAW 106-310—OCT. 17, 2000 
of the Office of National Drug Control Policy, place antidrug mes-
sages on appropriate Internet websites controlled by such depart-
ment, agency, or establishment which messages shall, where appro-
priate, contain an electronic hyperlink to the Internet website, 
if any, of the Office. 
21 u s e 886 note. 
SEC. 3672. REIMBURSEMENT BY DRUG ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRA-
TION OF EXPENSES INCURRED TO REMEDIATE METH-
AMPHETAMINE LABORATORIES. 
(a) 
REIMBURSEMENT 
AUTHORIZED.—^The Attorney 
General, 
acting through the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Adminis-
tration, may reimburse States, units of local government, Indian 
tribal governments, other public entities, and multi-jurisdictional 
or regional consortia thereof for expenses incurred to clean up 
and safely dispose of substances associated with clandestine meth-
amphetamine laboratories which may present a danger to public 
health or the environment. 
(b) ADDITIONAL D E A PERSONNEL.—From amounts appropriated 
or otherwise made available to carry out this section, the Attorney 
General may hire not more than five additional Drug Enforcement 
Administration personnel to administer this section. 
(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized 
to be appropriated to the Attorney General to carry out this section 
$20,000,000 for fiscal year 200L 
21 u s e 801 note. 
SEC. 3673. SEVERABILITY. 
Any provision of this title held to be invalid or unenforceable 
by its terms, or as applied to any person or circumstance, shall 
be construed as to give the maximum effect permitted by law, 
unless such provision is held to be utterly invalid or unenforceable, 
in which event such provision shall be severed from this title 
and shall not affect the applicability of the remainder of this title, 
or of such provision, to other persons not similarly situated or 
to other, dissimilar circumstances. 
Approved October 17, 2000. 
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4365: 
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 146 (2000): 
May 9, considered and passed House. 
Sept. 22, considered and passed Senate, amended. 
Sept. 27, House concurred in Senate amendment. 
WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 36 (2000): 
Oct. 17, Presidential statements.